0>>>>110-01-94 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन10-01-94 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban10-01-94 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x10-01-94 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 10-01-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2वर्तमान सीजन में एक पॉइन्ट शब्द को तीन रूपों से स्मृति वा स्वरूप में लाना-यही सेफ्टी का साधन हैvartamān season mē̃ ēk point śhabda kō tīn rūpō̃ sē smr̥iti vā svarūp mē̃ lānā-yahī safety kā sādhan haivartamān[adj.] season mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] point śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] vā svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x safety kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]present season in one point word to x Rup from awareness or form in x safety of facilities be[pres.sg.23]
1The World Benefactor, BapDada, is seeing his master world benefactor children.
3माया की छाया से सेफ रखने के लिए ज्ञान की लाइट-माइट के स्वरूप में स्थित कराने वाले सर्व स्नेही बापदादा बोले -māyā kī|key chhāyā sē safe rakhnē kē liē gyān kī|key light-might kē|K svarūp mē̃ sthit karānē vālē sarv snēhī bāpdādā bōlē -māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] safe rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light-might kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] snēhī[adj.] bāpdādā bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] -Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow from safe keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] for knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (of|K) form in stabilised make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all loving BapDada (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) -
2The aim of each child in this Brahmin birth is very elevated. 3Each one continues to fly ahead, with the aim of making number-one effort.
4विश्व कल्याणकारी बापदादा अपने सर्व मास्टर विश्व कल्याणकारी बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . viśhva kalyāṇkārī bāpdādā apnē sarv master viśhva kalyāṇkārī bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] master viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . world beneficial BapDada one’s own all master world beneficial child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
4The aim of each one is to become number-one, but the qualifications become number-wise.
5हर एक बच्चे का इस ब्राह्मण जीवन का लक्ष्य अति श्रेष्ठ है . har ēk bachchē kā is brāhmaṇ jīvan kā lakṣhya ati śhrēṣhṭh hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] ati śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child of this Brahmin life of aim x elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
5So why is there a difference between the aim and the qualifications?
6हर एक नम्बरवन पुरूषार्थ करने का लक्ष्य रखते हुए आगे उड़ते जा रहे हैं . har ēk number one purūṣhārth karnē kā lakṣhya rakhtē huē āgē uṛtē jā rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] number one puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one number one effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] previously fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 7लक्ष्य सभी का नम्बरवन का है लेकिन लक्षण नम्बरवार हैं . lakṣhya sabhī kā number one kā hai lēkin lakṣhaṇ number-vār haĩ . lakṣhya[adj.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number one kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . aim all of number one of be[pres.sg.23] but qualification numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 8तो लक्ष्य और लक्षण दोनों में अन्तर क्यों है ? tō lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ dōnō̃ mē̃ antar kyō̃ hai ? tō lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then aim and qualification x in difference why be[pres.sg.23] ?
6Baba - the Bestower of Knowledge - is one, the knowledge is one, the method of yoga is one, the practical example of sakar Brahma Baba imbibing the divine virtues is one, the means of service is one, and the One who teaches the method of service is also one.
9ज्ञान दाता बाप भी एक है , योग की विधि भी एक है , दिव्य गुण धारण करने का सहज प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण साकार ब्रह्मा बाप भी एक है , सेवा के साधन और सेवा की विधि सिखाने वाला भी एक है . gyān dātā bāp bhī ēk hai , yōg kī|key vidhi bhī ēk hai , divya guṇ dhāraṇ karnē kā sahaj pratyakṣha pramāṇ sākār brahmā bāp bhī ēk hai , sēvā kē|K sādhan aur sēvā kī|key vidhi sikhānē vālā bhī ēk hai . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . knowledge bestower father too one be[pres.sg.23] , yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method too one be[pres.sg.23] , divine virtue adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of easy visible (under) sakar Brahma father too one be[pres.sg.23] , service (of|K) facilities and service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too one be[pres.sg.23] .
7But the main thing is the study and the sustenance. 8The One who gives you both of these is One, and there is only one number, and yet why are the qualifications number-wise in practical life?
10मुख्य बात है - पढ़ाई और पालना - दोनों ही देने वाला एक और एक नम्बर है , फिर भी प्रत्यक्ष जीवन में लक्षण नम्बरवार क्यों ? mukhya bāt hai - paṛhāī aur pālnā - dōnō̃ hī dēnē vālā ēk aur ēk number hai , phir bhī pratyakṣha jīvan mē̃ lakṣhaṇ number-vār kyō̃ ? mukhya[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - dōnō̃ hī[p.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] aur ēk[adj.] number hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phir bhī[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] number-wār kyō̃ ? main matter be[pres.sg.23] - (teach[past-part.f.]|study) and (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) - x only give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who one and one number be[pres.sg.23] , nevertheless visible life in qualification numberwise why ?
9Each of you knows what number you yourself are, in imbibing the qualifications. 10The main basis of claiming number-one is the one word “point”: to experience being the point-form.
11ये तो सभी स्वयं को अच्छी तरह से जानते ही हो कि लक्षण धारण करने में मैं किस नम्बर में हूँ ? yē tō sabhī svayã kō achchhī tarah sē jāntē hī hō ki lakṣhaṇ dhāraṇ karnē mē̃ maĩ kis number mē̃ hū̃ ? yah[pn.pl.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] svayã kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] number mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? this then all x to achcha x from know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that qualification adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in I (what|who) number in be[pres.sg.1] ?
11Secondly, to apply a point to any wasteful thought, word, or action: that is, to apply a full-stop.
12नम्बरवार होने का विशेष आधार है एक ही शब्द पॉइन्ट . number-vār hōnē kā viśhēṣh ādhār hai ēk hī śhabda point . number-wār hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] point . numberwise be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special basis be[pres.sg.23] one only word point . 13पॉइन्ट स्वरूप को अनुभव करना . point svarūp kō anubhav karnā . point svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . point form to experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
12Thirdly to churn the many points of knowledge and dharna, and to to use them yourself, and for service, at the right time.
14दूसरा , कोई भी संकल्प , बोल वा कर्म व्यर्थ है उसको पॉइन्ट लगाना अर्थात् बिन्दी लगाना . dūsrā , kōī bhī saṅkalp , bōl vā karma vyarth hai uskō point lagānā arthāt bindī lagānā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] vā karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] point lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . other , anyone thought , (x|speak[root]) or deed wasteful be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] that is point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] . 15तीसरा , ज्ञान की वा धारणा की अनेक पॉइन्ट्स को मनन कर स्व प्रति वा सेवा प्रति समय पर कार्य में लगाना . tīsrā , gyān kī|key vā dhārṇā kī|key anēk points kō manan kar sva prati vā sēvā prati samay par kārya mē̃ lagānā . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vā dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anēk[adj.] point kō[postp.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] sva prati vā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . third , knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) or dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) many point to churning do[root] x for or service for time (at|other) task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
13It is just one word, but to bring it into your awareness, and to become the embodiment of the word “point” in all its three meanings: this is where the difference is created.
16तो शब्द एक ही पॉइन्ट है लेकिन तीनों स्वरूप की पॉइन्ट को समय पर स्मृति में , स्वरूप में लाना-इसमें अन्तर पड़ जाता है . tō śhabda ēk hī point hai lēkin tīnō̃ svarūp kī|key point kō samay par smr̥iti mē̃ , svarūp mē̃ lānā-isamē̃ antar paṛ jātā hai . tō śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] point hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin tīnō̃[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key point kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then word one only point be[pres.sg.23] but all three form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) point to time (at|other) awareness in , form in x difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 17स्मृति सबको रहती है लेकिन स्मृति को स्वरूप में लाना , इसमें नम्बरवार हो जाते हैं . smr̥iti sabkō rahtī hai lēkin smr̥iti kō svarūp mē̃ lānā , ismē̃ number-vār hō jātē haĩ . smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sabkō rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . awareness everything remain[pres.sg.f.23] but awareness to form in x[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] numberwise be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
14All of you have the awareness, but you are number-wise in becoming the embodiment of this awareness. 15Many times BapDada sees how very clever all the children become in having awareness: “it should be like this”. 16You even think: “this is right, and that is wrong”.
18कई बार बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देखते हैं कि स्मृति में बहुत होशियार होते हैं . kaī bār bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkhtē haĩ ki smr̥iti mē̃ bahut hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bahut hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some time BapDada all child to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that awareness in very clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
17You have this knowledge in an emerged form, but it is said that “knowledge is light, knowledge is might”.
19ऐसा होना चाहिये-वह सोचते भी रहते हैं ; यह राइट है , यह राँग है-यह ज्ञान भी इमर्ज होता है . aisā hōnā cāhiyē-vah sōchtē bhī rahtē haĩ ; yah right hai , yah wrong hai-yah gyān bhī emerge hōtā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ; yah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] wrong x gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . such be[inf.m.sg.d.] x think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ; this right be[pres.sg.23] , this x x knowledge too emerge be[pres.sg.m.23] .
18So where there is light and might, there will not be the feeling that “it should be like this”.
20ज्ञान अर्थात् नॉलेज और नॉलेज इज लाइट , नॉलेज इज माइट कहा जाता है तो जहाँ लाइट भी है , माइट भी है वहाँ ये होना चाहिये , नहीं होता . gyān arthāt knowledge aur knowledge is light , knowledge is might kahā jātā hai tō jahā̃ light bhī hai , might bhī hai vahā̃ yē hōnā chāhiyē , nahī̃ hōtā . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt knowledge aur knowledge be light , knowledge be might kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] tō jahā̃ light bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , might bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[.oblig3] , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . knowledge that is knowledge and knowledge be light , knowledge be might (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) then where there light too be[pres.sg.23] , might too be[pres.sg.23] there this be[.oblig3] , not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
19And then you think “BapDada also says this.. 20I have to become like this.. this is the knowledge that I have”. 21However, what do you have within yourself at that time?
21क्या सोचते हैं कि बापदादा यह कहते तो हैं , बनना तो है , ज्ञान तो यह है , लेकिन उस समय मेरे में क्या है , वह चाहिये-चाहिये में ही रह जाता है . kyā sōchtē haĩ ki bāpdādā yah kahtē tō haĩ , bannā tō hai , gyān tō yah hai , lēkin us samay mērē mē̃ kyā hai , vah chāhiyē-chāhiyē mē̃ hī rah jātā hai . kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] chāhiē mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . what think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that BapDada this say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] , knowledge then this be[pres.sg.23] , but that time I[.kē] in what be[pres.sg.23] , that should in only remain[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
22When you remain thinking “it should not be like this.. it should be like that”, it means that you are unable to use knowledge - in the form of light and might - at the right time.
22इसका अर्थ है कि ज्ञान को लाइट और माइट के रूप से समय प्रमाण कार्य में नहीं लगा सकते . iskā arth|earth hai ki gyān kō light aur might kē|K rūp sē samay pramāṇ kārya mē̃ nahī̃ lagā saktē . yah[pn.sg.kā] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] light aur might kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . this[.kā] (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that knowledge to light and might (of|K) Rup from time (under) task in not (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
23This is why it is said that, although you have it in your awareness, you lack the power to become the embodiment of it.
23इसको कहा जाता है-स्मृति में है लेकिन स्वरूप में लाने की शक्ति कम है . iskō kahā jātā hai-smr̥ti mē̃ hai lēkin svarūp mē̃ lānē kī|key śhakti cum|kam hai . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kō] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x in be[pres.sg.23] but form in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] . 24जब लाइट अर्थात् रोशनी है कि ये राँग है , ये राइट है ; ये अन्धकार है , ये प्रकाश है ; ये व्यर्थ है , ये समर्थ है , तो अन्धकार समझते भी अन्धकार में रहना , इसको ज्ञानी वा समझदार कहेंगे ? jab light arthāt rōśhnī hai ki yē wrong hai , yē right hai ; yē andhkār hai , yē prakāśh hai ; yē vyarth hai , yē samarth hai , tō andhkār samajhtē bhī andhkār mē̃ rahnā , iskō gyānī vā samajhdār kahē̃gē ? jab light arthāt rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ; yah[pn.pl.d.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] prakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ; yah[pn.pl.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] samarth[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kō] gyānī[adj.] vā samajhdār[adj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when light that is light be[pres.sg.23] that this x be[pres.sg.23] , this right be[pres.sg.23] ; this darkness be[pres.sg.23] , this x be[pres.sg.23] ; this wasteful be[pres.sg.23] , this powerful be[pres.sg.23] , then darkness understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too darkness in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.kō] gyani or sensible say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
24When you have the light - that is, the enlightenment that “that is wrong and this is right”, or “that is wasteful, and this is powerful” - then, whilst knowing somewhere to be darkness, to yet remain in that darkness: would that be called being knowledgeable (gyani) , or sensible? 25If you are not knowledgeable, then what are you? 26A devotee (bhagat) ?
25ज्ञानी नहीं तो क्या हुए ? gyānī nahī̃ tō kyā huē ? gyānī[adj.] nahī̃ tō[x] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? gyani otherwise what be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
27Or, only half-knowledgeable?
26भक्त वा अधूरे ज्ञानी ? bhakta vā adhūrē gyānī ? bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā adhūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gyānī[adj.] ? devotee or x gyani ?
28What would you call yourself?
27राँग समझते भी राँग कर्मों के वा संकल्पों के वा स्वभाव-संस्कार के वशीभूत हो जाएं तो इसको क्या कहा जायेगा ? wrong samajhtē bhī wrong karmō̃ kē|K vā saṅkalpō̃ kē|K vā svabhāv-sanskār kē|K vaśhībhūt hō jāē̃ tō iskō kyā kahā jāyēgā ? wrong samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] wrong karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vā saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vā svabhāv-sanskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśhībhūt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] ? x understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too x deed (of|K) or thought (of|K) or nature or sanskars (of|K) x be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then this[.kō] what (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) ?
29What would you call it if, even whilst understanding it to be wrong, someone remains under the influence of wrong actions, thoughts, sanskars, or nature?
28उसका क्या टाइटल होना चाहिये ? uskā kyā title hōnā chāhiyē ? vah[pn.sg.kā] kyā title hōnā[.oblig3] ? that[.kā] what title be[.oblig3] ?
30What should their title be?
29बापदादा समय की गति को देख सभी बच्चों को बार-बार अटेन्शन दिलाते हैं . bāpdādā samay kī|key gati kō dēkh sabhī bachchō̃ kō bār-bār attention dilātē haĩ . bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed to see[root] all child to time attention x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
31Seeing the speed of time, BapDada is repeatedly drawing the attention of the children.
30 अटेन्शन शब्द को भी डबल अन्डर लाइन करा रहे हैं कि ये प्रकृति की तमोगुणी शक्ति और माया की सूक्ष्म रॉयल समझदारी की शक्ति अपना कार्य तीव्र गति से कर रही है और करती रहेगी . attention śhabda kō bhī double anḍar line karā rahē haĩ ki yē prakr̥iti kī|key tamōguṇī śhakti aur māyā kī|key sūkṣhma royal samajhdārī kī|key śhakti apnā kārya tīvr gati sē kar rahī hai aur kartī rahēgī . attention śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] double andar line karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] prakr̥iti[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tamoguṇī[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūkṣhma[adj.] royal samajhdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur karnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . attention word to too double inside line make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that this matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x Shakti and Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subtle royal x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti (adopt[root]|one’s own) task intense speed from do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and do[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
32He is doubly underlining the word “attention”. 33The impure (tamoguni) power of the elements, and the power of the subtle royal wisdom if Maya, are also carrying out their task with a fast speed, and they will continue to do so.
31प्रकृति के विकराल रूप को जानना सहज है लेकिन भिन्न-भिन्न विकराल हलचल में अचल रहना इसमें और अटेन्शन चाहिये . prakr̥iti kē|K vikarāl rūp kō jānnā sahaj hai lēkin bhinn-bhinn vikarāl halchal mē̃ achal rahnā ismē̃ aur attention chāhiyē . prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vikarāl[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bhinn[adj.] vikarāl[adj.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] achal rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] aur attention chāhiē . matter (of|K) x Rup to know[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] but different x upheaval in unshakeable remain[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] and attention should .
34It is easy to know the fearsome form of the elements, but you need to pay greater attention in order to remain unshakeable in the fierce upheaval of the vices.
32माया के अति सूक्ष्म स्वरूप को जानने में भी धोखा खा लेते हैं . māyā kē|K ati sūkṣhma svarūp kō jānnē mē̃ bhī dhōkhā khā lētē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati sūkṣhma[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . Maya (of|K) x subtle form to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too deception eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
35You are even deceived in knowing the subtle forms of Maya.
33माया ऐसा रॉयल रूप रखती है जो राँग को राइट अनुभव कराती है . māyā aisā royal rūp rakhtī hai jō wrong kō right anubhav karātī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] wrong kō[postp.] right anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . Maya such royal Rup keep[pres.sg.f.23] that x to right experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23] .
36Maya has such a royal form that she makes you experience wrong to be right.
34है बिल्कुल राँग लेकिन बुद्धि को ऐसा परिवर्तित कर देती है जो रीयल समझ को , महसूसता की शक्ति को गायब कर देती है . hai bilkul wrong lēkin buddhi kō aisā parivartit kar dētī hai jō real samajh kō , mahsūstā kī śhakti kō gāyab kar dētī hai . hōnā[pres.sg.23] bilkul[adv.] wrong lēkin buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartit karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] jō[pn.;d.] real samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] kō[postp.] , mahsūstā kī śhakti[x] kō[postp.] gāyab[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . be[pres.sg.23] at all x but intellect to such transform that real (understanding|understand[root]) to , power of realisation to x do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
37Something may be completely wrong, but she transforms your intellect in such a way that she makes your real understanding and your power of realisation disappear.
35जैसे कोई जादू मन्त्र करते हैं ना तो परवश हो जाते हैं , ऐसी महसूसता शक्ति गायब करने की रॉयल माया रीयल को समझने नहीं देती है . jaisē kōī jādū mantra kartē haĩ nā tō parvaśh hō jātē haĩ , aisī mahsūstā śhakti gāyab karnē kī|key royal māyā real kō samajhnē nahī̃ dētī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] jādū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahsūstā śhakti[x] gāyab[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key royal māyā[n.f.;sg.] real kō[postp.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . like some magic mantra do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then under an influence be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , such power of realisation x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) royal Maya real to understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres.sg.f.23] .
38Just as, when someone performs magic, he takes others completely out of their own control, in the same way, the royal Maya - that makes your realisation power disappear - prevents you from understanding reality.
36होगा बिल्कुल राँग लेकिन माया की छाया के वशीभूत होने के कारण राँग को राइट समझते और सिद्ध करने में माया के सुप्रीम कोर्ट का वकील बन जाते हैं . hōgā bilkul wrong lēkin māyā kī|key chhāyā kē|K vaśhībhūt hōnē kē|K kāraṇ wrong kō right samajhtē aur siddha karnē mē̃ māyā kē|K supreme court kā vakīl ban jātē haĩ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] bilkul[adv.] wrong lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśhībhūt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] wrong kō[postp.] right samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K supreme court[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . be[fut.m.sg.23] at all x but Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow (of|K) x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because x to right understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in Maya (of|K) x of lawyer become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
39Something may be completely wrong, but because of being under the influence of the shadow of Maya, you become a lawyer of the supreme court of Maya, in understanding the wrong to be right, and in proving it right.
37तो वकील क्या करते हैं ? tō vakīl kyā kartē haĩ ? tō vakīl[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then lawyer what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
40What do lawyers do?
38झूठ को सच सिद्ध करने में होशियार होते हैं . jhūṭh kō sach siddha karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ . jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sach[adj.] siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . of falsehood to of truth successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
41They are very clever in proving the false to be true.
39सच को सच सिद्ध करने में भी होते हैं लेकिन झूठ को सच सिद्ध करने में होशियार होते हैं , दोनों में होशियार होते हैं . sach kō sach siddha karnē mē̃ bhī hōtē haĩ lēkin jhūṭh kō sach siddha karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ , dōnō̃ mē̃ hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ . sach[adj.] kō[postp.] sach[adj.] siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sach[adj.] siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . of truth to of truth successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but of falsehood to of truth successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x in clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
42They are clever in proving the truth to be the truth, but they are also clever in proving the false to be true: they are clever in both.
40इसीलिये बापदादा अटेन्शन को डबल अन्डर लाइन करा रहे हैं . isīliyē bāpdādā attention kō double anḍar line karā rahē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā attention kō[postp.] double andar line karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore BapDada attention to double inside line make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
43This is why BapDada is making you doubly underline the word “attention”.
41महसूसता शक्ति को परिवर्तितकरने की सूक्ष्म स्वरूप की माया की छाया से सदा अपने को सेफ रखो . mahsūstā śhakti kō parivartitakaranē kī|key sūkṣhma svarūp kī|key māyā kī|key chhāyā sē sadā apnē kō safe rakhō . mahsūstā śhakti[x] kō[postp.] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūkṣhma[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] safe rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . power of realisation to x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subtle form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow from constantly one’s own to safe keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 42क्योंकि विशेष माया का स्वरूप विशेष इस स्वरूप में अपना कार्य कर रहा है . kyōṅki viśhēṣh māyā kā svarūp viśhēṣh is svarūp mē̃ apnā kārya kar rahā hai . kyōṅki viśhēṣh[adj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . because special Maya of form special this form in (adopt[root]|one’s own) task do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
44Constantly keep yourself safe from the subtle form of the shadow of Maya, that transforms your power of realisation, because Maya is especially carrying out her task in this form. 45Do you understand?
43समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
46Is it clear?
44अभी क्या करेंगे ? abhī kyā karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
47So, what will you do?
45केयरफुल रहना . careful rahnā . careful rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . careful remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
48Remain careful.
46अगर कोई भी विशेष आत्मायें इशारा देती हैं तो अच्छी तरह से माया की इस छाया से निकल बाप की छत्रछाया में अपने को , विशेष मन-बुद्धि को इस छत्रछाया के सहारे में लाओ . agar kōī bhī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ iśhārā dētī haĩ tō achchhī tarah sē māyā kī|key is chhāyā sē nikal bāp kī|key chhatrachhāyā mē̃ apnē kō , viśhēṣh man-buddhi kō is chhatrachhāyā kē|K sahārē mē̃ lāō . agar kōī bhī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.o.] chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhatrachhāyā[x] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , viśhēṣh[adj.] man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] chhatrachhāyā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if anyone special soul signal give[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then achcha x from Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this shadow from be extracted[root] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) canopy of protection in one’s own to , special x to this canopy of protection (of|K) support in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
49If any special soul gives you a signal, then bring yourself away from this shadow of Maya, and put yourself - that is, especially bring your mind and intellect - under the canopy of of protection of the Father.
47क्योंकि मन में निगेटिव भाव और भावना पैदा करने का विशेष माया का प्रभाव चल रहा है और बुद्धि में यथार्थ महसूसता को समाप्त करने का विशेष माया का कार्य चल रहा है . kyōṅki man mē̃ negative bhāv aur bhāvnā paidā karnē kā viśhēṣh māyā kā prabhāv chal rahā hai aur buddhi mē̃ yathārth mahsūstā kō samāpt karnē kā viśhēṣh māyā kā kārya chal rahā hai . kyōṅki man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] negative bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yathārth[adj.] mahsūstā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . because mind in negative consciousness and feeling born do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special Maya of x continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and intellect in x realisation to finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special Maya of task continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
50The particular influence of Maya on the mind is in creating negative thoughts and feelings, and Maya is also carrying out her special task of stopping the intellect from having accurate realisations.
48जैसे कोई सीजन होती है ना तो सीजन से बचने के लिये उसी प्रमाण विशेष अटेन्शन रखा जाता है . jaisē kōī season hōtī hai nā tō season sē bachnē kē|K liyē usī pramāṇ viśhēṣh attention rakhā jātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] season hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō season sē[postp.] bachnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . like some season be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then season from x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that[.hī] (under) special attention (keep[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|keep[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
51When it is a particular season, you pay special attention to protecting yourself against that season. 52For instance, when it rains, what attention do you pay?
49जैसे बारिश आयेगी तो छाते , रैन कोट आदि का अटेन्शन रखेंगे , सर्दी आयेगी तो गरम कपड़े रखेंगे , अटेन्शन देंगे ना . jaisē bāriśh āyēgī tō chhātē , rain coat ādi kā attention rakhē̃gē , sardī āyēgī tō garam kapṛē rakhē̃gē , attention dēgē nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāriśh[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō chhātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , rain coat[x] ādi[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō garm[adj.] kapṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , attention dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . like x come[fut.f.sg.23] then umbrella , raincoat etc. of attention keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , cold come[fut.f.sg.23] then x clothes keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , attention give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
53You would have an umbrella, or a raincoat: you would pay this attention, would you not? 54When it is cold you would wear warm clothes: you would pay this attention, would you not?
50तो मन और बुद्धि के ऊपर प्रभाव नहीं पड़े-इसके लिये पहले ही सेफ्टी के साधन विशेष अपनाओ . tō man aur buddhi kē ūpar prabhāv nahī̃ paṛē-isakē liyē pahlē hī safety kē|K sādhan viśhēṣh apnāō . tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] safety kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] apnānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then mind and intellect over x not x take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|firstly) only safety (of|K) facilities special adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
55So, especially imbibe in advance the means of safety, so that the mind and intellect do not become influenced. 56The special means of safety is very easy.
51वो विशेष साधन है बहुत सहज , पहले भी सुनाया है-एक ही पॉइन्ट शब्द . vō viśhēṣh sādhan hai bahut sahaj , pahlē bhī sunāyā hai-ēk hī point śhabda . vah[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bahut sahaj[adj.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x hī[p.] point śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that special facilities be[pres.sg.23] very easy , (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] x only point word .
57You were also told earlier, that the one word “point” is very easy. 58It is easy, is it not?
52सहज है ना . sahaj hai nā . sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
59One word is easy is it not?
53लम्बा-चौड़ा तो नहीं सुनाया ना . lambā-chauṛā tō nahī̃ sunāyā nā . lambā-chauṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . long-winded then not speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
60Baba did not tell you something complicated, did he?
54कहते रहते हैं-हाँ , मैं आत्मा बिन्दू हूँ , ज्योति रूप हूँ , लेकिन उसमें टिकते नहीं हैं . kahtē rahtē haĩ-hā̃ , maĩ ātmā bindū hū̃ , jyōti rūp hū̃ , lēkin usmē̃ ṭiktē nahī̃ haĩ . kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , lēkin vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ṭiknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x , I soul point be[pres.sg.1] , light Rup be[pres.sg.1] , but that[.mē̃] stay[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
61You continue to say “I, the soul, am a point of light”, but you do not stabilise yourself in that form.
55लगाना चाहते हैं पॉइन्ट लेकन लग जाता है क्वेश्चन मार्क और आश्चर्य की निशानी . lagānā chāhtē haĩ point lēkan lag jātā hai question mark aur āśhcharya kī|key niśhānī . lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] point x lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] question mark[x] aur āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] point x x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] x and amazement (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign .
62You try to apply a point, but instead it becomes a question- mark or an exclamation-mark!
56पॉइन्ट लगाना सहज या आश्चर्य की निशानी वा क्वेश्चन मार्क की निशानी ? point lagānā sahaj yā āśhcharya kī|key niśhānī vā question mark kī|key niśhānī ? point lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] yā āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā question mark[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] easy or amazement (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign or x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign ? 57क्या सहज है ? kyā sahaj hai ? kyā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
63You were also told earlier whether it is easier to apply a point, a question-mark, or an exclamation-mark: which is easier?
58बिन्दी लगाना सहज है ना . bindī lagānā sahaj hai nā . bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
64To apply a full-stop: a dot, a point.
59फिर क्वेश्चन और आश्चर्य में क्यों चले जाते हैं ? phir question aur āśhcharya mē̃ kyō̃ chalē jātē haĩ ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] question aur āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyō̃ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] ? (turn[root]|then) question and amazement in why (continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) ?
65So why do you get involved with a question-mark or an exclamation-mark?
60इस विधि को अपनाओ . is vidhi kō apnāō . yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this method to adopt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
66Adopt this method.
61सीजन है-झूठ , सच सिद्ध होने का और झूठ , सत्य से भी स्पष्ट और आकर्षण वाला होगा . season hai-jhūṭh , sach siddha hōnē kā aur jhūṭh , satya sē bhī spaṣhṭ aur ākarṣhaṇ vālā hōgā . season x , sach[adj.] siddh[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , satya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] aur ākarṣhaṇ[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . season x , of truth successful be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and of falsehood , true from too clearly and attraction those who be[fut.m.sg.23] .
67It is the season for proving the false to be true: the false is even more clear and attractive than the truth.
62जैसे आजकल का फैशन है ना-झूठी चीज़कितनी आकर्षण वाली होती है , उसके आगे सच्चे की वैल्यु कम हो जाती है . jaisē ājkal kā fashion hai nā-jhūṭhī cīzakitanī ākarṣhaṇ vālī hōtī hai , uskē āgē sachchē kī|key value kam hō jātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fashion hōnā[pres.sg.23] x x ākarṣhaṇ[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] āgē sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key value kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . like nowadays of fashion be[pres.sg.23] x x attraction those who be[pres.sg.f.23] , of that[.kē] previously true (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Values decrease .
68In the same way, the fashion nowadays is for false things, and they are so attractive that, in front of them, the value of real things is reduced.
63रीयल सिल्वर देखो और व्हाइट सिल्वर देखो-क्या सुन्दर लगता है ? real silver dēkhō aur white silver dēkhō-kyā sundar lagtā hai ? real silver[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur white silver[x] x sundar[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x x x x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
69Look at real silver, and look at white silver: which one seems beautiful?
64रीयल सिल्वर काला हो जायेगा और व्हाइट सिल्वर सदा चमकता रहेगा . real silver kālā hō jāyēgā aur white silver sadā chamaktā rahēgā . real silver[x] kālā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur white silver[x] sadā chamaknā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x ugly be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and x constantly x[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
70Real silver would become black, whereas white silver is constantly sparkling, so which one would attract: white or real?
65तो आकर्षण व्हाइट करेगा या रीयल करेगा ? tō ākarṣhaṇ white karēgā yā real karēgā ? tō ākarṣhaṇ[x] white karnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā real karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then attraction white do[fut.m.sg.23] or real do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
71So, recognise the season. 72Recognise the form of Maya.
66तो सीजन को पहचानो , माया के स्वरूप को पहचानो , प्रकृति के तमोगुण के भिन्न-भिन्न रंगत को पहचानो . tō season kō pahchānō , māyā kē|K svarūp kō pahchānō , prakr̥iti kē|K tamōguṇ kē|K bhinn-bhinn raṅgat kō pahchānō . tō season kō[postp.] pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tamō ou tamōguṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhinn[adj.] raṅgat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then season to recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Maya (of|K) form to recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , matter (of|K) x (of|K) different x to recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 67एक है जानना , दूसरा है पहचानना . ēk hai jānnā , dūsrā hai pahchānnā . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahchānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one be[pres.sg.23] know[inf.m.sg.d.] , other be[pres.sg.23] recognise[inf.m.sg.d.] .
73Recognise the different games of nature. 74One is to know, and the other is to recognise. 75You know a great deal, but sometimes you make a mistake in recognising: you are only sometimes right.
68जानते जयादा हो , पहचानने में कभी गलती कर देते हो , कभी राइट कर देते हो . jāntē jayādā hō , pahchānnē mē̃ kabhī galatī|galtī kar dētē hō , kabhī right kar dētē hō . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , pahchānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , kabhī[adv.] right karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , recognise[inf.m.pl.,o.] in ever (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , ever right do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . 69अभी क्या करेंगे ? abhī kyā karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
76What will you do now? 77You will remain safe, will you not? 78Later, do not say that you didn’t even think it could happen like this.
70सेफ रहेंगे ना . safe rahē̃gē nā . safe rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . safe remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
79This “why” and “what” will not do.
71फिर ये नहीं कहना कि हमने तो समझा नहीं , ऐसा भी होता है क्या ? phir yē nahī̃ kahnā ki hamnē tō samjhā nahī̃ , aisā bhī hōtā hai kyā ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā ? (turn[root]|then) this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.nē] then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not , such too be[pres.sg.m.23] what ?
80This way of advocating - “it should not be like that, but like this” - will not do.
72यह क्या-क्या नहीं चलेगा . yah kyā-kyā nahī̃ chalēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this what not continue[fut.m.sg.23] .
81Become a judge, but do not become a lawyer.
73अभी तो फिर भी बाप थोड़ा-थोड़ा रहम करता , थोड़ा-थोड़ा कदम उठाता है . abhī tō phir bhī bāp thōṛā-thōṛā rahm kartā , thōṛā-thōṛā kadam uṭhātā hai . ab[adv.hī] tō phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . now then nevertheless father short mercy do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , short step uplift[pres.sg.m.23] .
82Do not become a lawyer of Maya. 83You enjoy yourself a great deal when you are advocating.
74लेकिन फिर क्या और क्यों कोई नहीं सुनेगा . lēkin phir kyā aur kyō̃ kōī nahī̃ sunēgā . lēkin phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā aur kyō̃ kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[fut.m.sg.23] . but (turn[root]|then) what and why some not listen[fut.m.sg.23] .
84All of you are experienced in this: either in doing this, or in listening to this.
75ऐसा नहीं , वैसा-ये वकालत नहीं चलेगी . aisā nahī̃ , vaisā-yē vakālat nahī̃ chalēgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , x vakālat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such not , x x not continue[fut.f.sg.23] .
85All of you are experienced in this.
76जज बनो , माया का वकील नहीं बनो . judge banō , māyā kā vakīl nahī̃ banō . judge bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . judge become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Maya of lawyer not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
86You do have this experience, do you not?
77मजा बहुत आता है जब वकालत करते हैं . majā bahut ātā hai jab vakālat kartē haĩ . mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] jab vakālat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . pleasure very come[pres.sg.m.23] when x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 78अनुभवी तो सब हो ना , अनुभव होता है ना . anubhavī tō sab hō nā , anubhav hōtā hai nā . anubhavī[adj.] tō sab[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . experienced then all (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , experience be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
87You have many experiences. 88You listen to it, and - as a detached observer - you remain cheerful.
79सुन-सुनकर साक्षी हो हर्षितहोते रहते हैं . sun-sunkar sākṣhī hō harṣitahōtē rahtē haĩ . sunnā[abs.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . listen[abs.] detached observer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
89Did you understand this clearly? 90Did the Pandavs understand this?
80अच्छी तरह से समझा ? achchhī tarah sē samjhā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? achcha x from (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
91Did the Shaktis understand this?
81पाण्डवों ने , शक्तियों ने समझा , टीचर्स ने समझा ? pāṇḍavō̃ nē , śhaktiyō̃ nē samjhā , teachers nē samjhā ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , teacher nē[postp.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? Pandava ∅ , Shakti ∅ (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , teacher ∅ (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
92Did the teachers understand this? 93All of you are saying “yes, yes”.
82सभी हाँ-हाँ तो कर रहे हैं . sabhī hā̃-hā̃ tō kar rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] hā̃ tō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all yes then do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
94Are all of you saying “yes, yes”, or are you also saying “no”?
83फोटो निकल रहा है हाँ का . phōṭō nikal rahā hai hā̃ kā . photo nikalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] hā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . photograph be extracted[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yes of .
95A photo of “yes” is being taken of all of you.
84तीसरी सीजन है विशेषकमज़ोरी के स्वभाव-संस्कार , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आना . tīsrī season hai viśēṣakamazōrī kē|K svabhāv-sanskār , sambandh-sampark mē̃ ānā . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season hōnā[pres.sg.23] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svabhāv-sanskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . third season be[pres.sg.23] x (of|K) nature or sanskars , x in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) . 85इसका विस्तार भी बहुत बड़ा है . iskā vistār bhī bahut baṛā hai . yah[pn.sg.kā] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kā] expansion too very very be[pres.sg.23] .
96The third season is that if coming into relationship and contact, and dealing with the weaknesses of one’s nature and sanskars.
86वो आज नहीं सुनायेंगे . vō āj nahī̃ sunāyēṅgē . vah[pn.;d.] āj nahī̃[neg] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that today not speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
97The expansion of this is very big.
87कई बच्चे कहते हैं क्या करें , पहले तो था ही नहीं , अभी पता नहीं क्या हो गया है . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ kyā karē̃ , pahlē tō thā hī nahī̃ , abhī patā nahī̃ kyā hō gayā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō hōnā[past.m.sg] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x|firstly) then be[past.m.sg] only not , now knowledge not what be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
98Baba will not tell you of this today, but at some other time. 99Many children say: “what can I do..
88ये संस्कार मेरे में था ही नहीं , अभी आ गया है . yē saṅskār mērē mē̃ thā hī nahī̃ , abhī ā gayā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] saṅskār[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.m.sg] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this sanskar I[.kē] in be[past.m.sg] only not , now come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
100I did not have this sanskar before, and it has emerged now..”.
89इसका कारण और इसकी विधि का विस्तार फिर कभी सुनायेंगे . iskā kāraṇ aur iskī vidhi kā vistār phir kabhī sunāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur yah[pn.sg.kī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this[.kā] because and this[.kī] method of expansion (turn[root]|then) ever speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
101So, Baba will tell you, at some other time, the reason for it, and its’ method of expansion.
90अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
102Achcha.
91चारों ओर के बापदादा के महावाक्य सुनने और धारण करने वाले चात्रक बच्चों को , सर्व सब्जेक्ट को स्मृति के साथ स्वरूप में लाने वाले समीप आत्माओं को , सदा ज्ञान के हर बात को लाइट और माइट के स्वरूप से कार्य में लगाने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान करने वाले बाप के ज्ञानी तू आत्मा बच्चों को , सदा बाप की छत्रछाया में रहने वाले , माया की छाया से सेफ रहने वाले , जानना और पहचानना , दोनों की विशेषता को जीवन में लाने वाले ऐसे विशेष आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद-प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāpdādā kē|K mahāvākya sunnē aur dhāraṇ karnē vālē chātrak bachchō̃ kō , sarv subject kō smr̥iti kē sāth svarūp mē̃ lānē vālē samīp ātmāō̃ kō , sadā gyān kē|K har|her bāt kō light aur might kē|K svarūp sē kārya mē̃ lagānē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān karnē vālē bāp kē|K gyānī tū ātmā bachchō̃ kō , sadā bāp kī|key chhatrachhāyā mē̃ rahnē vālē , māyā kī|key chhāyā sē safe rahnē vālē , jānnā aur pahchānnā , dōnō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō jīvan mē̃ lānē vālē aisē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād-pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chātrak[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sarv[adj.] subject kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K har|harnā[root]|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] light aur might kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhatrachhāyā[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhāyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] safe rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur pahchānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) BapDada (of|K) elevated version listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] and adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x child to , all subject to awareness with form in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who close soul to , constantly knowledge (of|K) (x|x[root]) matter to light and might (of|K) form from task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul to , constantly aim and qualification equal do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who father (of|K) gyani you soul child to , constantly father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) canopy of protection in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) shadow from safe remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , know[inf.m.sg.d.] and recognise[inf.m.sg.d.] , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to life in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such special soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x . 92दादियों से मुलाकातः -dādiyō̃ sē mulākātaḥ -dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] x -Dadi from x -
103To all the chatrak children (thirsty for every drop) , in all four directions, who listen to and imbibe the elevated versions of BapDada... to the close souls who have all the subjects in their awareness, and have become the embodiment of them... to the elevated souls who put into action every aspect of knowledge, in the form of light and might... to the enlightened souls - the children of the Father - who constantly make their qualifications equal to their aim... to those who constantly remain under the canopy of protection of the Father, and so remain safe from the shadow of Maya... to those who put into their practical lives the specialities of knowing and recognising... to such children, love, remembrances, and namaste, from BapDada.
93शक्ति सेना तीव्र गति से चल रही है ना . śhakti sēnā tīvr gati sē chal rahī hai nā . śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā . Shakti army intense speed from continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ .
104(to the Dadis) 105The Shakti Army is moving quickly, is it not?
94सेना को बापदादा के साथ-साथ आप निमित्त आत्मायें भी चलाने के निमित्त हो . sēnā kō bāpdādā kē|K sāth-sāth āp nimitt ātmāyē̃ bhī chalānē kē nimitt hō . sēnā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . army to BapDada (of|K) x you instrument soul too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
106As well as BapDada, you instrument souls are also responsible for making the army move along.
95बाप तो सदा साथ है और सदा ही रहेंगे . bāp tō sadā sāth hai aur sadā hī rahē̃gē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sadā hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . father then constantly with be[pres.sg.23] and constantly only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
107The Father is constantly with you, and will constantly remain with you.
96फिर भी बापदादा की श्रेष्ठ भुजायें तो हैं ना . phir bhī bāpdādā kī|key śhrēṣhṭh bhujāyē̃ tō haĩ nā . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . nevertheless BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) elevated arm then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
108You are BapDada’s elevated arms, are you not? 109The Father gives power.
97बाप शक्ति देते हैं , बाप माइट रूप में है लेकिन निमित्त समझाने के लिये माइक तो आप निमित्त हो . bāp śhakti dētē haĩ , bāp might rūp mē̃ hai lēkin nimitt samjhānē kē|K liyē mike tō āp nimitt hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] might rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] samjhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mike tō āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father Shakti give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , father might Rup in be[pres.sg.23] but instrument explain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mike then you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
110The Father is the form of might, but you souls are the instruments in the form of the “mikes”. 111You listen to so many joyous things.
98कितनी मजे की बातें सुनते हो . kitnī majē kī|key bātē̃ suntē hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.2] . so pleasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter listen[pres.pl.m.2] .
112It sounds like a game, does it not?
99खेल लगता है ना . khēl lagtā hai nā . khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . (play|play[root]) x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
113It is a game, is it not?
100खेल है ना . khēl hai nā . khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 101खेल-खेल में विजयी बन सभी को मायाजीत विजयी बनाना ही है , ये तो गैरन्टी है ही . khēl-khēl mē̃ vijayī ban sabhī kō māyājīt vijayī banānā hī hai , yē tō guarantee hai hī . khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] māyājīt[adj.] vijayī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . (play|play[root]) in victorious (x|become[root]) all to x victorious create[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then guarantee be[pres.sg.23] only .
114Whilst playing the games, you become victorious, and make everyone victorious conquerors of Maya.
102लेकिन बीच-बीच में ये खेल देखने पड़ते हैं . lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃ yē khēl dēkhnē paṛtē haĩ . lēkin bīch-bīch mē̃[x] yah[pn.pl.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] . but x this (play|play[root]) see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] .
115You have this guarantee. 116But in between you have to see these games.
103तो थकते तो नहीं हो ना ? tō thaktē tō nahī̃ hō nā ? tō thaknā, phathaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? then become desperate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
117So, you don’t get tired, do you?
104हंसते , खेलते , पार करते और कराते चलते . hanstē , khēltē , pār kartē aur karātē chaltē . hãsnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , khēlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . laugh out[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , across do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
118You do not feel tired, do you?
105कोई भी ऐसी बात सुनते तो दिल से क्या निकलता ? kōī bhī aisī bāt suntē tō dil sē kyā nikaltā ? kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? anyone such matter listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then heart from what be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? 106वाह ड्रामा वाह ! vāh drama vāh ! vāh drama vāh ! wah! drama wah! !
119Whilst laughing and playing, you overcome things, and make others overcome them.
107हाय ड्रामा हाय नहीं निकलता . hāy drama hāy nahī̃ nikaltā . hāy drama hāy nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Hai! drama Hai! not be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 108वाह ड्रामा ! vāh drama ! vāh drama ! wah! drama !
120And when you hear of anything, what emerges in your heart?
109वाह-वाह करते हुए सभी को वाह-वाह बनना ही है . vāh-vāh kartē huē sabhī kō vāh-vāh bannā hī hai . vāh karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] vāh bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wah! do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] all to wah! become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
121“Wah drama wah!”: the words “oh, drama, oh!” do not emerge, but “Wah drama!”.
110ये सब पार करना ही है . yē sab pār karnā hī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adj.] pār karnā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this all x[x] only be[pres.sg.23] . 111अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
122Whilst saying “wah, wah”, everyone has to become “wah, wah”.
112अव्यक्त बापदादा की पर्सनल मुलाकातavyakt bāpdādā kī|key personal mulākātavyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key personal mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x
123You have to overcome all this. 124It happens like this does it not?
113ग्रुप नं . 1group nã . 1group x . 1group x . 1
125You like it, do you not?
114विजय हमारा जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार है , इस निश्चय और नशे से निर्विघ्न स्थिति का अनुभव करोvijay hamārā janma-siddh adhikār hai , is niśhchay aur naśhē sē nirvighna sthiti kā anubhav karōvijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] janma-siddh adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]victory we[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] , this faith and intoxication from free from obstacles stage of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
126You do not feel it to be a burden, do you? 127No matter how heavy it is, you remain light. 128That comes with a burden, and you remain light.
115जैसे ऊंचे से ऊंचा बाप है ऐसे हम आत्मायें भी ऊंचे से ऊंची श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें हैं-यह अनुभव करते हुए चलते हो ? jaisē ūñchē sē ūñchā bāp hai aisē ham ātmāyē̃ bhī ūñchē sē ūñchī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ haĩ-yah anubhav kartē huē chaltē hō ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ham[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] x anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? like elevated from elevated father be[pres.sg.23] such we soul too elevated from elevated elevated soul x experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres.pl.m.2] ?
129You transform the burden into lightness. 130Whilst saying that everything is good, you have to become the best of all. 131Everything is good.
116क्योंकि दुनिया वालों के लिये तो सबसे श्रेष्ठ , ऊंचे से ऊंचे हैं बाप के बाद देवतायें . kyōṅki duniyā vālō̃ kē|K liyē tō sabsē śhrēṣhṭh , ūñchē sē ūñchē haĩ bāp kē bād dēvtāyē̃ . kyōṅki duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] , ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] dēvtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . because world those who (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then the most elevated , elevated from elevated be[pres.pl.12hon3] father after deity .
132(Children from all four directions have sent remembrances) BapDada also first emerges those from all four directions, and then gives remembrances to them.
117लेकिन देवताओं से ऊंचे आप ब्राह्मण आत्मायें हो , फरिश्ते हो-ये दुनिया वाले नहीं जानते . lēkin dēvtāō̃ sē ūñchē āp brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ hō , phariśhtē hō-yē duniyā vālē nahī̃ jāntē . lēkin dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] x duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . but deity from elevated you Brahmin soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , angel x world those who not know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
133(group 1) 134Just as the Father is the Highest on High, in the same way, do you souls move along considering yourselves also to be the highest on high?
118देवता पद को इस ब्राह्मण जीवन से ऊंचा नहीं कहेंगे . dēvtā pad kō is brāhmaṇ jīvan sē ūñchā nahī̃ kahē̃gē . dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . deity status to this Brahmin life from elevated not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 119ऊंचा अभी का ब्राह्मण जीवन है . ūñchā abhī kā brāhmaṇ jīvan hai . ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . elevated now of Brahmin life be[pres.sg.23] .
135Because, for the world, the Father is the most elevated, the Highest on High, and after him are the deities.
120देवताओं से भी ऊंचे क्यों हो , उसको तो अच्छी तरह से जानते हो ना . dēvtāō̃ sē bhī ūñchē kyō̃ hō , uskō tō achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō nā . dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kō] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . deity from too elevated why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kō] then achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
136But you Brahmin souls are even more elevated than the deities: you are angels. 137The world does not know this.
121देवता रूप में बाप का ज्ञान इमर्ज नहीं होगा . dēvtā rūp mē̃ bāp kā gyān emerge nahī̃ hōgā . dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . deity Rup in father of knowledge emerge not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
138You cannot call the deity status more elevated than this Brahmin life.
122परमात्म मिलन का अनुभव इस ब्राह्मण जीवन में करते हो , देवताई जीवन में नहीं . paramātma milan kā anubhav is brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ kartē hō , dēvtāī jīvan mē̃ nahī̃ . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dēvtāī[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . Supreme Soul meeting of experience this Brahmin life in do[pres.pl.m.2] , x life in not .
139The highest life is that of a Brahmin now. 140You understand very well why you are more elevated than the deities.
123ब्राह्मण ही देवता बनते हैं लेकिन इस समय देवताई जीवन से भी ऊंच हो , तो इतना नशा सदा रहे , कभी-कभी नहीं . brāhmaṇ hī dēvtā bantē haĩ lēkin is samay dēvtāī jīvan sē bhī ūñch hō , tō itnā naśhā sadā rahē , kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] dēvtā bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin is samay[x] dēvtāī[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . Brahmin only become deity but at this time x life from too elevated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then such intoxication constantly (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , ever not .
141The deities will not have the Father’s knowledge in an emerged form. 142You experience the meeting with the Supreme Soul in this Brahmin life, not in the deity life.
124क्योंकि बाप अविनाशी है और अविनाशी बाप जो ज्ञान देते हैं वह भी अविनाशी है , जो स्मृति दिलाते हैं वह भी अविनाशी है , कभी-कभी नहीं . kyōṅki bāp avināśhī hai aur avināśhī bāp jō gyān dētē haĩ vah bhī avināśhī hai , jō smr̥iti dilātē haĩ vah bhī avināśhī hai , kabhī-kabhī nahī̃ . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] smr̥iti dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . because father imperishable be[pres.sg.23] and imperishable father that knowledge give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too imperishable be[pres.sg.23] , that remind that too imperishable be[pres.sg.23] , ever not .
143It is Brahmins that become deities, but at this time your life is even higher than that of the deities. 144Therefore, such intoxication should be constant: not just sometimes.
125तो यह चेक करो कि सदा यह नशा रहता है वा कभी-कभी रहता है ? tō yah check karō ki sadā yah naśhā rahtā hai vā kabhī-kabhī rahtā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vā kabhī[adv.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that constantly this intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] or ever remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
145Because the Father is imperishable, the knowledge that the imperishable Father gives is also imperishable.
126मजा तो तब आयेगा जब सदा रहेगा . majā tō tab āyēgā jab sadā rahēgā . mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō tab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jab sadā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . pleasure then for only then come[fut.m.sg.23] when constantly remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
146And the awareness he gives you is also imperishable, and not just sometimes.
127कभी रहा , कभी नहीं रहा तो कभी मजे में होंगे , कभी मूँझे हुए रहेंगे . kabhī rahā , kabhī nahī̃ rahā tō kabhī majē mē̃ hōṅgē , kabhī mūnjhē huē rahē̃gē . kabhī[adv.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] tō kabhī[adv.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] mūnjhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] . ever (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) , ever not (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) then ever pleasure in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ever (be confused[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be confused[opt.sg.23]) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] .
147And so check: does this intoxication remain constant, or does it remain only sometimes?
128तो अभी-अभी मजा , अभी-अभी मूँझ नहीं , सदा रहे . tō abhī-abhī majā , abhī-abhī mūnjh nahī̃ , sadā rahē . tō ab[adv.hī] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] mūnjhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] , sadā rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then now pleasure , now be confused[root] not , constantly (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
148Only when it is maintained constantly will you experience pleasure.
129जैसे यह श्वास सदा ही चलता है ना . jaisē yah śhvās sadā hī chaltā hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] sadā hī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . like this breathing constantly only continue[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ . 130यदि एक सेकण्ड भी श्वास रूक जाये या कभी-कभी चले तो उसे जीवन कहेंगे ? yadi ēk second bhī śhvās rūk jāyē yā kabhī-kabhī chalē tō usē jīvan kahē̃gē ? yadi ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] ruknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] yā kabhī[adv.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x one second too breathing stop[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] or ever (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then that[.kō] life say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
149If it remains sometimes but not at other times, then you will experience pleasure sometimes , but at other times you will be confused.
131तो इस ब्राह्मण जीवन में निरन्तर मजे में हो ? tō is brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ nirantar majē mē̃ hō ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirantar[x] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then this Brahmin life in x pleasure in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 132अगर मजा नहीं होगा तो मूँझेंगे जरूर . agar majā nahī̃ hōgā tō mūnjhē̃gē jarūr . agar mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō mūnjhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] zarūr . if pleasure not be[fut.m.sg.23] then be confused[fut.m.pl.12hon3] definitely .
150It should remain constant, just as breathing continues: it should not be that you experience pleasure one moment, and confusion the next.
133तो मातायें सदा मजे में रहती हो ? tō mātāyē̃ sadā majē mē̃ rahtī hō ? tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.2] ? then mother constantly pleasure in remain[pres.pl.f.2] ? 134शक्तियां हो ना , साधारण तो नहीं हो या घर में जाती हो तो साधारण मातायें बन जाती हो ? śhaktiyā̃ hō nā , sādhāraṇ tō nahī̃ hō yā ghar mē̃ jātī hō tō sādhāraṇ mātāyē̃ ban jātī hō ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , sādhāraṇ[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.f.2] tō sādhāraṇ[adj.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] ? Shakti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , ordinary then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or home in go[pres.pl.f.2] then ordinary mother become[pres.pl.f.2.root+jānā] ?
151In fact, if the breathing stops for even one second, and then continues - or there is breathing only sometimes - then would you call that life?
135नहीं , सदा यह याद रहे कि हम शक्तियां हैं . nahī̃ , sadā yah yād rahē ki ham śhaktiyā̃ haĩ . nahī̃[neg] , sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . not , constantly this remembrance (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that we Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
152So, is there constant pleasure in this Brahmin life?
136हद के नहीं हैं , बेहद के विश्व कल्याणकारी हैं . had kē|K nahī̃ haĩ , bēhad kē|K viśhva kalyāṇkārī haĩ . had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (of|K) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , unlimited (of|K) world beneficial be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
153IF there is no pleasure, then you will definitely become confused.
137शक्तियां अर्थात् असुरों के ऊपर िवजय प्राप्त करने वाली . śhaktiyā̃ arthāt asurō̃ kē ūpar ivajay prāpt karnē vālī . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] arthāt asur[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] x prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . Shakti that is devil over x reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
154Do the mothers always remain in pleasure? 155You are the Shaktis: you are not ordinary.
138शक्तियों को कहते ही हैं - असुर संहारनी अर्थात् आसुरी संस्कार को संहार करने वाली . śhaktiyō̃ kō kahtē hī haĩ - asur sãhāranī arthāt āsurī saṅskār kō sanhār karnē vālī . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - asur[n.m.;sg.,d.] x arthāt āsurī[adj.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] sanhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . Shakti to say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] - devil x that is devilish sanskar to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
156Or, do you become ordinary mothers when you go home? 157No. 158Always remember that you are the Shaktis. 159You are not limited.
139तो सभी शक्तियां ऐसी बहादुर हो ? tō sabhī śhaktiyā̃ aisī bahādur hō ? tō sab[adv.hī] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahādur[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then all Shakti such x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
160You are unlimited world benefactors.
140और पाण्डव अर्थात् विजयी . aur pāṇḍav arthāt vijayī . aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vijayī[adj.] . and Pandava that is victorious .
161Shaktis are those who gain victory over the devils.
141पाण्डव कभी यह नहीं कह सकते कि चाहते नहीं हैं लेकिन हार हो जाती है . pāṇḍav kabhī yah nahī̃ kah saktē ki chāhtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin hār hō jātī hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . Pandava ever this not say[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
162Shaktis are also known as those who ride over the devils: that is, those who ride over the devilish sanskars.
142क्योंकि आधा कल्प हार खाई , अभी विजय प्राप्त करने का समय है तो विजय के समय पर भी यदि हार खायेंगे तो विजयी कब बनेंगे ? kyōṅki ādhā kalp hār khāī , abhī vijay prāpt karnē kā samay hai tō vijay kē|K samay par bhī yadi hār khāyēṅgē tō vijayī kab banē̃gē ? kyōṅki ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[past-part.f.] , ab[adv.hī] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] yadi hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vijayī[adj.] kab bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? because half cycle (x|x[root]) eat[past-part.f.] , now victory reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] then victory (of|K) time (at|other) too x (x|x[root]) eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then victorious when become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
163And so, are all of the Shaktis so brave? 164And Pandavs are also victorious. 165The Pandavs can never say that they didn’t want to be defeated, but were defeated.
143इसलिये इस समय सदा विजयी . isliyē is samay sadā vijayī . isliē is samay[x] sadā vijayī[adj.] . therefore at this time constantly victorious . 144विजय जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार है . vijay janma-siddh adhikār hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] janma-siddh adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . victory x be[pres.sg.23] .
166For half a kalpa you have been defeated, and it is now the time to gain victory.
145अधिकार को कोई छोड़ते नहीं , लड़ाई-झगड़ा करके भी लेते हैं और यहाँ तो सहज मिलता है . adhikār kō kōī chhōṛtē nahī̃ , laṛāī-jhagṛā karkē bhī lētē haĩ aur yahā̃ tō sahaj miltā hai . adhikār[x] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , laṛāī-jhagṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur yahā̃ tō sahaj[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . right to some renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not , x do[abs.] too take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and here then easy receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
167If you are defeated at the time of victory, then when would you become victorious? 168Therefore at this time there should be constant victory.
146विजय अपना जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार है . vijay apnā janma-siddh adhikār hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janma-siddh adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . victory (adopt[root]|one’s own) x be[pres.sg.23] .
169Victory is your birthright.
147अधिकार का नशा वा खुशी रहती है ना ? adhikār kā naśhā vā khuśhī rahtī hai nā ? adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? right of intoxication or happiness remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ? 148हद के अधिकार का भी कितना नशा रहता है ! had kē|K adhikār kā bhī kitnā naśhā rahtā hai ! had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! x (of|K) right of too so intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] !
170No-one renounces his birthright: they even claim it back by fighting and quarrelling, whereas here you receive it easily.
149प्राइम मिनिस्टर को भूल जायेगा क्या कि मैं प्राइम मिनिस्टर हूँ ? prime minister kō bhūl jāyēgā kyā ki maĩ prime minister hū̃ ? prime minister[x] kō[postp.] bhūl jānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyā ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] prime minister[x] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? prime minister to x[fut.m.sg.23] what that I prime minister be[pres.sg.1] ?
171Victory is your birthright. 172Do you constantly have that intoxication and happiness of your right?
150सोयेगा , खायेगा तो भूलेगा क्या कि मैं प्राइम मिनिस्टर हूँ ? sōyēgā , khāyēgā tō bhūlēgā kyā ki maĩ prime minister hū̃ ? sōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , khānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō bhūlnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyā ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] prime minister[x] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? sleep[fut.m.sg.23] , eat[fut.m.sg.23] then forget[fut.m.sg.23] what that I prime minister be[pres.sg.1] ?
173There is a great deal of intoxication from limited rights.
151तो हद का अधिकार और बेहद का अधिकार कितना भी कोई भुलाये भूल नहीं सकता . tō had kā adhikār aur bēhad kā adhikār kitnā bhī kōī bhulāyē bhūl nahī̃ saktā . tō had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] aur bēhad kā[x] adhikār[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bhulānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then x of right and unlimited right so too some make you forget[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (forget[root]|mistake) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 152माया का काम है भुलाना और आपका काम है विजयी बनना क्योंकि समझ है ना कि विजय और हार क्या है ? māyā kā kām hai bhulānā aur āpkā kām hai vijayī bannā kyōṅki samajh hai nā ki vijay aur hār kyā hai ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhulānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Maya of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] make you forget[inf.m.sg.d.] and you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] victorious become[inf.m.sg.d.] because (understanding|understand[root]) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that victory and (x|x[root]) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
174Would the Prime Minister forget that he is the Prime Minister? 175Whether there is a limited right, or an unlimited right: no matter how hard someone tries to make them forget they cannot forget that. 176Maya’s job is to make you forget, and your job is to become victorious.
153हार के भी अनुभवी हैं और विजय के भी अनुभवी हैं . hār kē|K bhī anubhavī haĩ aur vijay kē|K bhī anubhavī haĩ . hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) (of|K) too experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] and victory (of|K) too experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
177You now understand what what victory and defeat are.
154तो हार खाने से क्या हुआ और विजय प्राप्त करने से क्या हुआ-दोनों के अन्तर को जानते हो इसलिये सदा विजयी हैं और सदा रहेंगे . tō hār khānē sē kyā huā aur vijay prāpt karnē sē kyā huā-dōnō̃ kē|K antar kō jāntē hō isliyē sadā vijayī haĩ aur sadā rahē̃gē . tō hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kyā x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] isliē sadā vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then (x|x[root]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] and victory reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from what x (of|K) difference to know[pres.pl.m.2] therefore constantly victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
178You are experienced in being defeated, as well as in being victorious. 179You understand the difference between the two, and this is why you are victorious and will always remain victorious.
155क्योंकि अविनाशी बाप और अविनाशी प्राप्ति के अधिकारी हम आत्मायें हैं-यह सदा इमर्ज रूप में रहे . kyōṅki avināśhī bāp aur avināśhī prāpti kē|K adhikārī ham ātmāyē̃ haĩ-yah sadā emerge rūp mē̃ rahē . kyōṅki avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur avināśhī[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] x sadā emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . because imperishable father and imperishable attainment (of|K) (one) who has a right we soul x constantly emerge Rup in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
180You are the souls who have a right to the imperishable Father and the imperishable attainment. 181So, always have this right in an emerged form.
156ऐसे नहीं हैं तो ! aisē nahī̃ haĩ tō ! aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō ! it isn't that be[pres.pl.12hon3] then ! 157बने तो हैं ! banē tō haĩ ! bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ! 158जानते तो हैं ! jāntē tō haĩ ! jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ! 159ऐसे नहीं . aisē nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] . it isn't that .
182Otherwise, you think “we do not know what we became!”: it should not be like this.
160प्रैक्टिकल में हैं . practical mē̃ haĩ . practical mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . practical in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
183You are this in the practical form.
161जो जानते हैं वही निश्चय कर चलते हैं . jō jāntē haĩ vahī niśhchay kar chaltē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vahī niśhchay karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+calnā] . that know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this have the faith .
184Those who know this will move according to that faith.
162तो हर कर्म में विजय का निश्चय और नशा हो . tō har|her karma mē̃ vijay kā niśhchay aur naśhā hō . tō har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then (x|x[root]) deed in victory of faith and intoxication (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
185In every action there should be the intoxication and faith of victory.
163नशे का आधार है ही निश्चय . naśhē kā ādhār hai hī niśhchay . naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . intoxication of basis be[pres.sg.23] only faith . 164निश्चय कम तो नशा कम . niśhchay cum|kam tō naśhā cum|kam . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] . faith (x|less) then intoxication (x|less) .
186The basis of intoxication is faith: if there is less faith, then there will be less intoxication.
165इसीलिये कहते हैं निश्चयबुद्धि विजयी . isīliyē kahtē haĩ niśhchaybuddhi vijayī . isliē kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vijayī[adj.] . therefore say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] intellect with faith victorious .
187This is why it is said that “faith leads to victory”.
166तो फाउन्डेशन क्या हुआ ? tō foundation kyā huā ? tō foundation kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then foundation what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
188So, what is the foundation?
167निश्चय . niśhchay . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . faith .
189Faith.
168निश्चय में कभी-कभी वाले नहीं बनना . niśhchay mē̃ kabhī-kabhī vālē nahī̃ bannā . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . faith in ever those who not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
190Don’t become those who have faith only sometimes.
169नहीं तो अन्त में रिजल्ट के समय भी प्राप्ति कभी-कभी की होगी फिर पश्चाताप् करना पड़ेगा . nahī̃ tō ant mē̃ result kē|K samay bhī prāpti kabhī-kabhī kī|key hōgī phir paśhchātāp karnā paṛēgā . nahī̃ tō[x] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] result kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . otherwise end in result (of|K) time too attainment ever (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) be[fut.f.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) repentance do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
191Otherwise, at the end - at the time of the result - there will only be temporary attainment, and then there will have to be repentance.
170अभी प्राप्ति है , फिर पश्चाताप होगा . abhī prāpti hai , phir paśhchātāp hōgā . ab[adv.hī] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . now attainment be[pres.sg.23] , (turn[root]|then) repentance be[fut.m.sg.23] . 171तो प्राप्ति के समय प्राप्ति करो , पश्चाताप के समय प्राप्ति नहीं कर सकेंगे . tō prāpti kē|K samay prāpti karō , paśhchātāp kē|K samay prāpti nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē . tō prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then attainment (of|K) time attainment do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , repentance (of|K) time attainment not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . 172कर लेंगे , हो जायेगा ! kar lē̃gē , hō jāyēgā ! karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ! do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] !
192One moment there will be attainment, and the next moment there will be repentance. 193So, attain at the time of attainment, as you will not be able to attain at the time of repentance.
173नहीं , करना ही है-यह निश्चय हो . nahī̃ , karnā hī hai-yah niśhchay hō . nahī̃[neg] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] x niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . not , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only x faith (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
194You should not say “we will do it.. it will happen”. 195No.
174कर लेंगे … दिलासे पर नहीं चलो . kar lē̃gē … dilāsē par nahī̃ chalō . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … x (at|other) not continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
196Have this faith. 197It has to happen now.
175कर तो रहे हैं ना … और क्या होगा … हो ही जायेंगे … नहीं , अभी होना है . kar tō rahē haĩ nā … aur kyā hōgā … hō hī jāyēṅgē … nahī̃ , abhī hōnā hai . karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā … aur kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] … hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ … and what be[fut.m.sg.23] … (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … not , now be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
198“We will do it”: don’t move along giving yourselves hope in this way. 199“We are doing it.. what else can happen?.. of course it will happen”.
176गें-गें नहीं , हैं . gē̃-gē̃ nahī̃ , haĩ . x nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x not , be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
200No: it has to happen now.
177जब दूसरों र्वी चैलेन्ज करते हो कि श्वास पर कोई भरोसा नहीं , औरों को ज्ञान देते हो ना तो पहले स्वयं को ज्ञान दो . jab dūsrō̃ rvī challenge kartē hō ki śhvās par kōī bharōsā nahī̃ , aurō̃ kō gyān dētē hō nā tō pahlē svayã kō gyān dō . jab dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] x challenge karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , aurō̃ kō[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svayã kō[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when other x challenge do[pres.pl.m.2] that breathing (at|other) some guarantee not , others to knowledge give[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then (x|firstly) x to knowledge (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
201You challenge others by saying that there is no assurance of anyone’s life continuing. 202You give others this knowledge. 203However, you should first give it to yourself.
178कभी करने वाले हैं या अब करने वाले हैं ? kabhī karnē vālē haĩ yā ab karnē vālē haĩ ? kabhī[adv.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā ab[adv.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ever do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] or now do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
204Are you the ones who will do it one day, or are you the ones who are doing it now?
179तो सदा विजय के अधिकारी आत्मायें हो . tō sadā vijay kē|K adhikārī ātmāyē̃ hō . tō sadā vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then constantly victory (of|K) (one) who has a right soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
205You are the souls who have a right to constant victory.
180विजय जन्म-सिद्ध अधिकार है - इस स्मृति से उड़ते चलो . vijay janma-siddh adhikār hai - is smr̥iti sē uṛtē chalō . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] janma-siddh adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . victory x be[pres.sg.23] - this awareness from fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
206Continue to fly with the awareness that victory is your birthright.
181कुछ भी हो जाये , ये स्मृति में लाओ कि मैं सदा विजयी हूँ . kuchh bhī hō jāyē , yē smr̥iti mē̃ lāō ki maĩ sadā vijayī hū̃ . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , yah[pn.pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sadā vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . anything be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , this awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I constantly victorious be[pres.sg.1] .
207No matter what happens, maintain this awareness: “I am constantly victorious”.
182क्या भी हो जाये , निश्चय अटल है , कोई टाल नहीं सकता . kyā bhī hō jāyē , niśhchay aṭal hai , kōī ṭāl nahī̃ saktā . kyā bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aṭal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . what too be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , faith unshakeable be[pres.sg.23] , some (x|x[root]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
208No matter what happens, if the faith is unshakeable, then no-one can shake it. 209Achcha.
183अच्छा - अब सभी ऐसी कमाल करके दिखाओ जो हर स्थान विजयी अर्थात् निर्विघ्न हो . achchhā - ab sabhī aisī kamāl karkē dikhāō jō har|her sthān vijayī arthāt nirvighna hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.] sab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] arthāt nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha - now all such x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (x|x[root]) place victorious that is free from obstacles (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 184कोई भी विघ्न न आये . kōī bhī vighna na āyē . kōī bhī[x] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . anyone obstacle not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
210Now show such wonders that every place becomes victorious: that is, it becomes free from obstacles.
185विघ्न आयेंगे लेकिन हार नहीं होनी चाहिये . vighna āyēṅgē lēkin hār nahī̃ hōnī chāhiyē . vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . obstacle come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but (x|x[root]) not be[.oblig3] .
211Obstacles will come, but there should not be defeat.
186तो जहाँ विजय है , विघ्न हट जायेगा तो निर्विघ्न बन जायेंगे . tō jahā̃ vijay hai , vighna haṭ jāyēgā tō nirvighna ban jāyēṅgē . tō jahā̃ vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] haṭnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō nirvighna[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then where there victory be[pres.sg.23] , obstacle move backwards[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then free from obstacles become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
212Wherever there is victory, the obstacles will move away, and you will become free from obstacles.
187सदा निर्विघ्न-ये कमाल करके दिखाओ . sadā nirvighn-yē kamāl karkē dikhāō . sadā x kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly x x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
213Become constantly free from obstacles: show such wonders.
188कोई भी गीता पाठशाला हो , उप-सेवाकेन्द्र हो , केन्द्र हो लेकिन स्वयं निर्विघ्न बनो और औरों को भी निर्विघ्न बनाओ . kōī bhī gītā pāṭhśhālā hō , up-sēvākēndra hō , kēndra hō lēkin svayã nirvighna banō aur aurō̃ kō bhī nirvighna banāō . kōī bhī[x] gītā pāṭhśhālā[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , up-sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin svayã nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anyone x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , centre (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x free from obstacles become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and others to too free from obstacles create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
214Whichever Gita Pathshalas, centres, or sub- centres there are, become free from obstacles yourselves, and make others free from obstacles.
189ऐसी कमाल दिखाओ . aisī kamāl dikhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
215Show such wonders.
190करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 191करेंगे , देखेंगे ! karē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē ! karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
216Don’t say “I have to do it..
192नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 193गे गे कहेंगे माना निश्चय में परसेन्टेज है . gē gē kahē̃gē mānā niśhchay mē̃ percentage hai . gē gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] percentage hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some time some time say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) faith in percentage be[pres.sg.23] .
217I will do it”: to say “I will” means that there is a percentage in your faith.
194सब ये खुशखबरी सुने कि सभी छोटे-बड़े सेन्टर्स निर्विघ्न हैं . sab yē khuśhkhabarī sunē ki sabhī chhōṭē-baṛē centres nirvighna haĩ . sab[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] chhōṭē-baṛē[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all this good news (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that all the young and the old centre free from obstacles be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
218Everyone should hear the good news that all the small and big centres are free from obstacles.
195किसी प्रकार का विघ्न आ ही नहीं सकता . kisī prakār kā vighna ā hī nahī̃ saktā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (anything|some) form of obstacle come[root] only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
219No type of obstacles can come.
196दूसरे के विघ्न को भी मिटायेंगे , विजयी बनेंगे . dūsrē kē|K vighna kō bhī miṭāyēṅgē , vijayī banē̃gē . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] miṭānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vijayī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . other (of|K) obstacle to too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , victorious become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 197ऐसा समाचार आये . aisā samāchār āyē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . such news (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
220Such news should come from your becoming victorious and finishing off the obstacles of others.
198कहाँ से भी , कोई विघ्न का समाचार न आये . kahā̃ sē bhī , kōī vighna kā samāchār na āyē . kahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] , kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . where from too , some obstacle of news not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
221Wherever you are, no news of obstacles should come.
199ऐसे नहीं कहना कि हम तो ठीक हैं , ये करते हैं , हम क्या करें . aisē nahī̃ kahnā ki ham tō ṭhīk haĩ , yē kartē haĩ , ham kyā karē̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . it isn't that say[inf.m.sg.d.] that we then OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , we what do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
222Don’t say: “I am okay, but this one does that, and what can I do?”.
200तीन मास विजयी रह करके दिखाओ . tīn mās vijayī rah karkē dikhāō . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] rahnā[root] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (month|x) victorious remain[root] do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
223Show that you can remain victorious for three months.
201तीन मास में ही पता पड़ जायेगा . tīn mās mē̃ hī patā paṛ jāyēgā . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x (month|x) in only knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
224You will come to know within three months.
202सभी हाँ करते हो तो ये कमाल करके दिखाओ . sabhī hā̃ kartē hō tō yē kamāl karkē dikhāō . sab[adv.hī] hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all yes do[pres.pl.m.2] then this x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
225Since all of you are saying “yes”, now show some wonders.
203ग्रुप नं . 2group nã . 2group x . 2group x . 2
226(group 2)
204फरिश्ता बनना है तो मेरे पन के बोझ को समाप्त करो , सबके प्यारे बनोphariśhtā bannā hai tō mērē pan kē|K bōjh kō samāpt karō , sabkē pyārē banōphariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kē] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]angel become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then I[.kē] x (of|K) burden to x , everyone's loving become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
227Do you constantly experience yourselves to be double light: that is, a soul who is an angel?
205सदा अपने को डबल लाइट अर्थात् फरिश्ता आत्मा अनुभव करते हो ? sadā apnē kō double light arthāt phariśhtā ātmā anubhav kartē hō ? sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] double light[x] arthāt phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? constantly one’s own to double-light that is angel soul experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 206डबल लाइट का अर्थ ही है कि आत्मा लाइट और फरिश्ता स्वरूप भी लाइट . double light kā arth|earth hī hai ki ātmā light aur phariśhtā svarūp bhī light . double light[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] light aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] light . double-light of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] that soul light and angel form too light .
228The meaning of double light is that the soul is light, and that the form of an angel is also of light.
207कर्म करते भी फरिश्ता स्वरूप में कर्म करने वाले . karma kartē bhī phariśhtā svarūp mē̃ karma karnē vālē . karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too angel form in deed do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
229Even whilst performing actions, perform them in the form of an angel.
208सभी फरिश्ता हो या गृहस्थी हो ? sabhī phariśhtā hō yā gr̥ihasthī hō ? sab[adv.hī] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? all angel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
230Are you all angels, or householders?
209बाल बच्चों का बोझ नहीं है ? bāl bachchō̃ kā bōjh nahī̃ hai ? bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x child of burden not be[pres.sg.23] ?
231You do not have the burden of any children.
210सब बोझ बाप के हवाले कर दिया ? sab bōjh bāp kē|K havālē kar diyā ? sab[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K havālē karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ? all burden father (of|K) give ?
232Have you given all of your burdens to Baba?
211या अभी तक कोई मेरा है ? yā abhī tak kōī mērā hai ? yā ab[adv.hī] tak kōī[pn.;d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or now until some I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
233Or is there still the consciousness of “mine”?
212पोत्रा मेरा है , यह मकान मेरा है , बाकी मैं बाप का हूँ-ऐसे तो नहीं ? pōtrā mērā hai , yah makān mērā hai , bākī maĩ bāp kā hū̃-aisē tō nahī̃ ? pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bākī|bākī maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x tō nahī̃[neg] ? grandson I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] , this building I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] , (but|others) I father of x then not ?
234Do you say “my grandchild”, “my house”? 235Say “I belong to the Father”.
213सच्चे-सच्चे बिन कौड़ी बादशाह हैं . sachchē-sachchē bin kauṛī bādśhāh haĩ . sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . true without shell emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
236You are true emperors without even a shell.
214एक कौड़ी भी नहीं , लेकिन बादशाह हैं . ēk kauṛī bhī nahī̃ , lēkin bādśhāh haĩ . ēk[adj.] kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one shell too not , but emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
237You don’t even have a shell, and yet you are emperors.
215बिन कौड़ी बादशाह कितना अच्छा है . bin kauṛī bādśhāh kitnā achchhā hai . binā kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . without shell emperor so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
238It is very good that you are emperors without even a shell.
216सम्भालना भी नहीं पड़े और हो भी बादशाह . sambhālnā bhī nahī̃ paṛē aur hō bhī bādśhāh . sambhālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] aur hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . be careful[inf.m.sg.d.] too not (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) and (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too emperor .
239You don’t even have to be looked after, and you are the emperors.
217ऐसे समझते हो ? aisē samajhtē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? such understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
240Do you think in this way?
218जब देह ही मेरा नहीं , तो देह के साथी , देह के पदार्थ और देह के सम्बन्ध तन-मन-धन सब तेरा कि मन तेरा और धन मेरा-ऐसे तो नहीं ? jab dēh hī mērā nahī̃ , tō dēh kē|K sāthī , dēh kē|K padārtha aur dēh kē|K sambandh tan-man-dhan sab tērā ki man tērā aur dhan mērā-aisē tō nahī̃ ? jab dēh[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] mērā nahī̃[x] , tō dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K padārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tan-man-dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] tū[pn.sg.kā] ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] tū[pn.sg.kā] aur dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x tō nahī̃[neg] ? when body only Nothing is "mine" , then body (of|K) companion , body (of|K) x and body (of|K) relationship body, mind and wealth all you[.kā] that mind you[.kā] and wealth x then not ?
241Since the body is not “mine”, then the companions of the body - the properties of the body, and all the relatives, the body, mind, and wealth - all belong to “You” (God) .
219योग तो लगाते हैं लेकिन पैसा तो रखना पड़ेगा . yōg tō lagātē haĩ lēkin paisā tō rakhnā paṛēgā . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin paisā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . yoga then attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but money then keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
242Or do you consider the mind “Yours” and wealth “mine”?
220मेरापन नहीं हो . mērāpan nahī̃ hō . mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
243It is not like this, is it?
221मेरापन बोझ है और बोझ नीचे ले आता है , फरिश्ता बनने नहीं देगा . mērāpan bōjh hai aur bōjh nīchē lē ātā hai , phariśhtā bannē nahī̃ dēgā . mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nīchē lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x burden be[pres.sg.23] and burden down take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] , angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[fut.m.sg.23] .
244“We have yoga, but we also have to keep some money”. 245There should be nothing “mine”.
222कोई भी मेरापन , मेरा स्वभाव , मेरा संस्कार , मेरी नेचर , कुछ भी मेरा है तो बोझ है और बोझ वाला उड़ नहीं सकता , फरिश्ता नहीं बन सकता . kōī bhī mērāpan , mērā svabhāv , mērā saṅskār , mērī nature , kuchh bhī mērā hai tō bōjh hai aur bōjh vālā uṛ nahī̃ saktā , phariśhtā nahī̃ ban saktā . kōī bhī[x] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nature , kuchh bhī[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . anyone x , I[.kā] nature , I[.kā] sanskar , I[.kī] nature , anything I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] then burden be[pres.sg.23] and burden those who fly[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , angel not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
246Any kind of “mine” is a burden, and a burden brings you down: it will not allow you to become an angel. 247Any type of “mine” - “my motives”, “my sanskars”, “my nature” - is a burden, and those with a burden cannot fly, nor can they become angels.
223तो फरिश्ते हो या कोई न कोई बोझ अभी रहा हुआ है ? tō phariśhtē hō yā kōī na kōī bōjh abhī rahā huā hai ? tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kōī na kōī[x] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then angel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or one .. or another burden now (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
248And so, are you an angel, or is there still some burden remaining?
224आइवेल के लिये थोड़ा-थोड़ा छिपाकर रखा है ? āivēl kē|K liyē thōṛā-thōṛā chhipākar rakhā hai ? āīvēl[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhipānā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? at the time of crisis (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] short hide[abs.] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
249Have you kept a little aside for a rainy day?
225मेरा-मेरा कहते मैले हो गये थे , अभी तेरा-तेरा कहते स्वच्छ बन गये . mērā-mērā kahtē mailē hō gayē thē , abhī tērā-tērā kahtē svachchha ban gayē . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mailā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-perf.pl.m..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] tū[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] svachchh[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . I[.kā] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dirty be[past-perf.pl.m..root+jānā] , now you[.kā] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pure become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
250Whilst saying “mine”, you have become dirty. 251Now, by saying “Yours”, you become clean.
226तो फरिश्ता अर्थात् मेरापन अंशमात्र भी नहीं . tō phariśhtā arthāt mērāpan aṅśhmātra bhī nahī̃ . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aṅśhmātra bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . then angel that is x x too not .
252And so, “an angel” means there should be no trace of “mine”.
227संकल्प में भी मेरे-पन का भान आये तो समझो मैला हुआ . saṅkalp mē̃ bhī mērē-pan kā bhān āyē tō samjhō mailā huā . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mailā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . thought in too x of awareness (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dirty be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
253If the awareness of “mine” even enters in thoughts, then consider that that is to become dirty.
228किसी भी चीज़के ऊपर मैल चढ़ जाये तो मैल का बोझ हो जायेगा ना . kisī bhī cīzakē ūpar mail chaṛh jāyē tō mail kā bōjh hō jāyēgā nā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] x ūpar mail[n.f.;sg.] chaṛhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō mail[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nā . (anything|some) too x over dirt climb[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then dirt of burden be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ .
254If dirt sets on anything, then there is the burden of that dirt.
229तो ये मेरापन अर्थात् मैलापन . tō yē mērāpan arthāt mailāpan . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt x . then this x that is x .
255So, the consciousness of “mine” means to become dirty.
230फरिश्ते हैं , पुरानी दुनिया से कोई रिश्ता नहीं . phariśhtē haĩ , purānī duniyā sē kōī riśhtā nahī̃ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . angel be[pres.pl.12hon3] , old world from some relationship not .
256You are an angel, and you have no connections with anyone in this old world.
231सेवा अर्थ हैं , रिश्ता नहीं है . sēvā arth|earth haĩ , riśhtā nahī̃ hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service (meaning|earth) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , relationship not be[pres.sg.23] .
257It is only for the sake of service that you have any relationship.
232सेवा भाव से सम्बन्ध में आते हो . sēvā bhāv sē sambandh mē̃ ātē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] . service consciousness from relationship in come[pres.pl.m.2] .
258You come into relationship with the feeling of service.
233गृहस्थी बनकर सेवा नहीं करते हो , सेवाधारी बनकर सेवा करते हो . gr̥ihasthī bankar sēvā nahī̃ kartē hō , sēvādhārī bankar sēvā kartē hō . gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . x become[abs.] service not do[pres.pl.m.2] , server become[abs.] service do[pres.pl.m.2] .
259You don’t become a householder and do service: you become a server and then do service.
234ऐसे सेवाधारी हो ? aisē sēvādhārī hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? such server (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
260Are you such servers?
235सेवास्थान समझते हो या घर समझते हो ? sēvāsthān samajhtē hō yā ghar samajhtē hō ? sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? service place understand[pres.pl.m.2] or home understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
261Do you consider your home to be a service place, or do you consider it a home?
236तो जैसे सेवा स्थान की विधि होती है उसी विधि प्रमाण चलते हो कि गृहस्थी प्रमाण चलते हो ? tō jaisē sēvā sthān kī|key vidhi hōtī hai usī vidhi pramāṇ chaltē hō ki gr̥ihasthī pramāṇ chaltē hō ? tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then like service place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.hī] method (under) continue[pres.pl.m.2] that x (under) continue[pres.pl.m.2] ?
262Do you move along according to whatever is the system of the service plans? 263Or do you move along as a householder?
237सेवास्थान समझने की विधि है न्यारे और बाप के प्यारे . sēvāsthān samajhnē kī|key vidhi hai nyārē aur bāp kē|K pyārē . sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . service place understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method be[pres.sg.23] unique and father (of|K) loving .
264The method of considering it to be a service place helps you to become detached, and to be loved by the Father.
238जरा भी मेरेपन का प्रभाव नहीं पड़े . jarā bhī mērēpan kā prabhāv nahī̃ paṛē . zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] . x too x of x not (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) .
265There shouldn’t be the slightest influence of “mine”.
239आग है लेकिन सेक नहीं आये . āg hai lēkin sēk|sake nahī̃ āyē . āg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . fire be[pres.sg.23] but (affected|sake) not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 240क्योंकि साधन हैं ना . kyōṅki sādhan haĩ nā . kyōṅki sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . because facilities be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
266There is fire, but not heat, because there are the facilities.
241जैसे आग बुझाने वाले आग में जाते हैं लेकिन खुद सेक में नहीं आते , सेफ रहते हैं क्योंकि साधन हैं , अगर आग बुझाने वाले ही जल जायें तो लोग हंसेंगे ना . jaisē āg bujhānē vālē āg mē̃ jātē haĩ lēkin khud sēk|sake mē̃ nahī̃ ātē , safe rahtē haĩ kyōṅki sādhan haĩ , agar āg bujhānē vālē hī jal jāyē̃ tō lōg hansē̃gē nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āg[n.f.;sg.] bujhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin khud sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , safe rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , agar āg[n.f.;sg.] bujhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] jalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hãsnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . like fire put out[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who fire in go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but oneself (affected|sake) in not come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , safe remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because facilities be[pres.pl.12hon3] , if fire put out[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only x[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then people laugh out[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
267Those who put out a fire, go into the fire, but they themselves do not get burnt: they remain safe, because they have the facilities. 268In fact, if those who put out a fire get burnt themselves, people would mock.
242तो चाहे वायुमण्डल में परिस्थितियों की आग हो लेकिन प्रभाव नहीं डाले , सेक नहीं आये . tō chāhē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ paristhitiyō̃ kī|key āg hō lēkin prabhāv nahī̃ ḍālē , sēk|sake nahī̃ āyē . tō chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[opt.sg.23]|ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) atmosphere in circumstances (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x not (create[opt.sg.23]|create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (affected|sake) not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
269And so, if there is the fire of any atmosphere or circumstance, it should not have any influence: there should be no heat.
243ऐसे नहीं कि परिस्थिति नहीं है तो बहुत अच्छे और परिस्थिति आ गई तो सेक लग गया . aisē nahī̃ ki paristhiti nahī̃ hai tō bahut achchhē aur paristhiti ā gaī tō sēk|sake lag gayā . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] tō sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . it isn't that that circumstances not be[pres.sg.23] then very achcha and circumstances come[past-part.f..root+jānā] then (affected|sake) x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
270It should not be that you are okay when there are no obstacles, but that you get burnt (affected) when circumstances come.
244तो ऐसे फरिश्ते हो ना . tō aisē phariśhtē hō nā . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then such angel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
271And so, are you such angels?
245फरिश्ता कितना प्यारा लगता है ! phariśhtā kitnā pyārā lagtā hai ! phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! angel so loving x[pres.sg.m.23] !
272Angels are loved so much.
246अगर स्वप्न में भी किसके पास फरिश्ता आता है तो कितना खुश होते हैं . agar svapn mē̃ bhī kiskē pās|pass phariśhtā ātā hai tō kitnā khuśh hōtē haĩ . agar svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . if dream in too who[.kē] (x|pass) angel come[pres.sg.m.23] then so happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
273In fact, if an angel comes to people in their dreams, how much happiness do they experience?
247फरिश्ता जीवन अर्थात् सदा प्यारा जीवन . phariśhtā jīvan arthāt sadā pyārā jīvan . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sadā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . angel life that is constantly loving life .
274The life of an angel means a lovely
248बाप प्यारे से प्यारा है ना तो बच्चे भी सदा सर्व के प्यारे से प्यारे हैं . bāp pyārē sē pyārā hai nā tō bachchē bhī sadā sarv kē|K pyārē sē pyārē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] sadā sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father loving from loving be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then child too constantly all (of|K) loving from loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
275life. 276Baba is most beloved, and so the children are also loved by all.
249सिर्फ बाल बच्चे , पोत्रे धोत्रों के प्यारे नहीं , हद के प्यारे नहीं , बेहद के प्यारे . sirph bāl bachchē , pōtrē dhōtrō̃ kē|K pyārē nahī̃ , had kē|K pyārē nahī̃ , bēhad kē|K pyārē . sirph[adj.] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dhōtrā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . only x child , grandson grandchildren (of|K) loving not , x (of|K) loving not , unlimited (of|K) loving . 250क्योंकि सर्व आत्मायें आपका परिवार हैं , सिर्फ 10-12 का परिवार नहीं है . kyōṅki sarv ātmāyē̃ āpkā parivār haĩ , sirph 10-12 kā parivār nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sirph[adj.] 10-12 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because all soul you[.kā] family be[pres.pl.12hon3] , only 10-12 of family not be[pres.sg.23] .
277You are not those who are loved on a limited scale - those who are loved by your children and grandchildren - but you are loved on an unlimited scale, because all souls are your family, not just 10 or 12 of them.
251कितना बड़ा परिवार है ? kitnā baṛā parivār hai ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? so very family be[pres.sg.23] ?
278How big is this family?
252बेहद . bēhad . bēhad[adj.] . unlimited .
279Unlimited.
253सर्व के प्यारे . sarv kē|K pyārē . sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . all (of|K) loving . 254चाहे कैसी भी आत्मा हो , लेकिन आप सर्व के प्यारे हो . chāhē kaisī bhī ātmā hō , lēkin āp sarv kē|K pyārē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) how too soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but you all (of|K) loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
280No matter what type of soul it is, you are loving to all.
255जो प्यार करे उसके प्यारे हो , ये नहीं . jō pyār karē uskē pyārē hō , yē nahī̃ . jō[pn.;d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] . that love do[opt.sg.23] of that[.kē] loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this not .
281You have love for even those who fight or criticise.
256सर्व के प्यारे . sarv kē|K pyārē . sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . all (of|K) loving .
282You are loving to all.
257लड़ाई करने वाले , कुछ बोलने वाले प्यारे नहीं . laṛāī karnē vālē , kuchh bōlnē vālē pyārē nahī̃ . laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|laṛānā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kuchh bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . (war|x[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , anything speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who loving not . 258ऐसे नहीं , सर्व के प्यारे . aisē nahī̃ , sarv kē|K pyārē . aisē nahī̃[x] , sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . it isn't that , all (of|K) loving .
283How much did you defame the Father since the Copper Age?
259आप लोगों ने द्वापर से बाप को कितनी गाली दी , फिर बाप ने प्यार किया या घृणा की ? āp lōgō̃ nē dvāpar sē bāp kō kitnī gālī dī|the , phir bāp nē pyār kiyā yā ghr̥iṇā kī|key ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] dvāpar sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? you people ∅ copper age from father to so insult (give[past-part.f.]|the) , (turn[root]|then) father ∅ love do[past-part.m.sg.d.] or hatred (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
284Then did Baba get angry, or did he give love? 285He gave you love, did he not?
260प्यार किया ना . pyār kiyā nā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . love do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ . 261तो फॉलोफादर . tō phôlōphādar . tō x . then x .
286And so, follow the Father.
262कैसी भी आत्मायें हो लेकिन अपनी दृष्टि , अपनी भावना प्यार की हो-इसको कहा जाता है सर्व के प्यारे . kaisī bhī ātmāyē̃ hō lēkin apnī dr̥iṣhṭi , apnī bhāvnā pyār kī|key hō-isakō kahā jātā hai sarv kē|K pyārē . kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . how too soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but one’s own drishti , one’s own feeling love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) all (of|K) loving .
287No matter what type of soul it is, your drishti and feelings should be of love. 288This is called being “loving to all”.
26312 के प्यारे हैं , एक के प्यारे नहीं . 12 kē|K pyārē haĩ , ēk kē|K pyārē nahī̃ . 12 kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . 12 (of|K) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one (of|K) loving not . 264नहीं , सर्व के प्यारे . nahī̃ , sarv kē|K pyārē . nahī̃[neg] , sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . not , all (of|K) loving .
289You are not only loving to 12, and not loving to another one, no: you are loving to all.
265ऐसे है या किसी आत्मा के प्रति थोड़ा-थोड़ा आ जाता है ? aisē hai yā kisī ātmā kē prati thōṛā-thōṛā ā jātā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? such be[pres.sg.23] or (anything|some) soul for short come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
290Is it so? 291Or is there a little dislike for one or another soul?
266कोई थोड़ा इन्सल्ट करते हैं , कोई घृणा करते हैं तो प्यार आता है या घृणा आती है ? kōī thōṛā insult kartē haĩ , kōī ghr̥iṇā kartē haĩ tō pyār ātā hai yā ghr̥iṇā ātī hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] insult karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? some short insult do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some hatred do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then love come[pres.sg.m.23] or hatred come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
292If someone insults you a little, or gets angry, do you get angry at that time?
267नहीं , परवश आत्मायें हैं . nahī̃ , parvaśh ātmāyē̃ haĩ . nahī̃[neg] , parvaśh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . not , under an influence soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
293No: they are under an influence.
268सर्व के प्यारे-इसको कहा जाता है फरिश्ता . sarv kē|K pyārē-isakō kahā jātā hai phariśhtā . sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . all (of|K) x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) angel .
294One who is loving to everyone is called “an angel”.
269कोई-कोई के प्यारे हैं तो फरिश्ते नहीं . kōī-kōī kē|K pyārē haĩ tō phariśhtē nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] . some (of|K) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] then angel not .
295If you are loving to only a few, then you cannot be called an angel.
270अभी सोचकर बताओ कि कौन हो ? abhī sōchkar batāō ki kaun hō ? ab[adv.hī] sōchnā[abs.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? now think[abs.] tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
296Now think: who are you?
271मातायें क्या कहेंगी ? mātāyē̃ kyā kahē̃gī ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? mother what say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
297What will the mothers say?
272सासू बहुत खराब है , नन्द बहुत खराब है . sāsū bahut kharāb hai , nanda bahut kharāb hai . sāsū, sās[n.f.;sg.] bahut kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x bahut kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother-in-law very bad be[pres.sg.23] , x very bad be[pres.sg.23] .
298“The mother-in-law is very bad.. the sister-in-law is very bad..”: no.
273नहीं , सब प्यारे हैं . nahī̃ , sab pyārē haĩ . nahī̃[neg] , sab[adj.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . not , all loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
299Be loving to all.
274किसी से और कोई भावना नहीं . kisī sē aur kōī bhāvnā nahī̃ . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] aur kōī[x] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . (anything|some) from someone else feeling not .
300There should be no other feelings towards anyone.
275चाहे वो क्या भी कहे , क्या भी करे लेकिन आपकी भावना शुद्ध हो . chāhē vō kyā bhī kahē , kyā bhī karē lēkin āpkī bhāvnā śhuddha hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] kyā bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , kyā bhī[p.] karnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] śhuddh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that what too (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , what too do[opt.sg.23] but you[.kī] feeling pure (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 276इसका भी कल्याण हो . iskā bhī kalyāṇ hō . yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this[.kā] too benefit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
301No matter what they say or do, your feelings should be pure, and you should bring benefit to them.
277सर्व प्रति कल्याण की भावना हो - इसको कहते हैं फरिश्ता . sarv prati kalyāṇ kī|key bhāvnā hō - iskō kahtē haĩ phariśhtā . sarv[adj.] prati kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] - yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . all for benefit (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) - this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] angel .
302There should be a feeling of benevolence for everyone: such a soul is called an angel.
278मंज़िल तो ऊंची है ना या सहज है ? mañzil tō ūñchī hai nā yā sahaj hai ? mañzil[n.f.;sg.] tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? destination then elevated be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
303Is the destination high? 304Or is it easy?
279तो ऐसी ऊंची अवस्था भी है ? tō aisī ūñchī avasthā bhī hai ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then such elevated stage too be[pres.sg.23] ?
305Do you have such an elevated stage?
280क्योंकि अगर फरिश्ता नहीं तो देवता भी कैसे बनेंगे ? kyōṅki agar phariśhtā nahī̃ tō dēvtā bhī kaisē banē̃gē ? kyōṅki agar phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃ tō[x] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? because if angel otherwise deity too how become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
306Because, if you are not an angel, then how will you become a deity?
281देवताई दुनिया में जायेंगे लेकिन पद प्राप्त नहीं कर सकते . dēvtāī duniyā mē̃ jāyēṅgē lēkin pad prāpt nahī̃ kar saktē . dēvtāī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x world in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but status reached not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
307You will go to the land of deities, but you will not be able to claim a status.
282नाम तो देवता होगा लेकिन पद क्या होगा ? nām tō dēvtā hōgā lēkin pad kyā hōgā ? nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? name then deity be[fut.m.sg.23] but status what be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
308Your will be a deity in name, but what status will you have?
283एक ही कॉलेज से कोई बड़ा बन जाये , इंजीनियर बन जाये , डॉक्टर बन जाये और कोई बूट पॉलिश वाला बन जाये तो अच्छा लगेगा ? ēk hī college sē kōī baṛā ban jāyē , engineer ban jāyē , doctor ban jāyē aur kōī boot polish vālā ban jāyē tō achchhā lagēgā ? ēk[adj.] hī[p.] college sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , engineer bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , doctor bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur kōī[x] boot polish vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? one only college from some very become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , engineer become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , doctor become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] someone else x polish those who become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then enjoy ?
309If, from one college, someone becomes important, someone else becomes an engineer, and someone else a doctor, and another one polishes boots, then would it look good?
284सतयुग में तो आयेंगे लेकिन पद क्या प्राप्त करना है वह भी सोचना . satyug mē̃ tō āyēṅgē lēkin pad kyā prāpt karnā hai vah bhī sōchnā . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā prāpt karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . golden age in then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but status what reach that too think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
310You will come into satyug, but you have to think about what status you will claim.
285ऊंचा पद पाना है या जो मिले वो ठीक है ? ūñchā pad pānā hai yā jō milē vō ṭhīk hai ? ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā jō[pn.;d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? elevated status x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or that (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
311Do you want to claim a high status? 312Or is whatever you get okay?
286ऊंच पद पाने का साधन है-फरिश्ता बनना . ūñch pad pānē kā sādhan hai-phariśtā bannā . ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . elevated status x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities x become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
313The method to claim a high status is to become an angel.
287तो फरिश्ते की परिभाषा समझी ना . tō phariśhtē kī|key paribhāṣhā samajhī nā . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[past-part.f.] nā . then angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x understand[past-part.f.] ∅ .
314So, you understand the deep language of being an angel.
288सभी बाप के बन गये . sabhī bāp kē|K ban gayē . sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . all father (of|K) become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
315All belong to the Father.
289तो बाप का बनना अर्थात् बाप समान बनना . tō bāp kā bannā arthāt bāp samān bannā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then father of become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
316And so, to belong to the Father means to become like the Father.
290जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप फरिश्ता बना ना तो फॉलो फादर . jaisē brahmā bāp phariśhtā banā nā tō follow father . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] nā tō follow father[x] . like Brahma father angel (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) ∅ then follow the Father .
317Just as father Brahma became an angel, so too follow the father.
291ग्रुप नं . 3group nã . 3group x . 3group x . 3
318(group 3)
292मैं परम पूज्य आत्मा हूँ-इस स्मृति से पवित्रता का फाउन्डेशन मजबूत करोmaĩ param pūjya ātmā hū̃-is smr̥iti sē pavitratā kā foundation majbūt karōmaĩ[pn.sg.d.] param[adj.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation majbūt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]I Supreme worthy of worship soul x awareness from purity of foundation x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
319Do you experience yourselves to be the worship-worthy souls of every kalpa?
293अपने को कल्प-कल्प की पूज्य आत्मायें अनुभव करते हो ? apnē kō kalp-kalp kī|key pūjya ātmāyē̃ anubhav kartē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one’s own to cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) worthy of worship soul experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 294स्मृति है कि हम ही पूज्य थे , हम ही हैं और हम ही बनेंगे ? smr̥iti hai ki ham hī pūjya thē , ham hī haĩ aur ham hī banē̃gē ? smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] pūjya[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] , ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? awareness be[pres.sg.23] that we only worthy of worship be[past.pl] , we only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and we only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
320Do you have the awareness that you were the worship-worthy souls: that you were this, and that you will become this?
295पूज्य बनने का विशेष साधन क्या है ? pūjya bannē kā viśhēṣh sādhan kyā hai ? pūjya[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? worthy of worship become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special facilities what be[pres.sg.23] ?
321What is the special method to become worthy of worship?
296कौन पूज्य बनते हैं ? kaun pūjya bantē haĩ ? kaun[pn.;d.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? who worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
322Who can become worthy of worship?
297जो श्रेष्ठ कर्म करते हैं और श्रेष्ठ कर्मों का भी फाउन्डेशन है पवित्रता . jō śhrēṣhṭh karma kartē haĩ aur śhrēṣhṭh karmō̃ kā bhī foundation hai pavitratā . jō[pn.;d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . that elevated deed do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and elevated deed of too foundation be[pres.sg.23] purity .
323Those who perform elevated actions. 324And the basis of performing elevated actions is purity.
298पवित्रता पूज्य बनाती है . pavitratā pūjya banātī hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . purity worthy of worship create[pres.sg.f.23] .
325Purity makes you worthy of worship.
299अभी भी देखो जो नाम से भी पवित्र बनते हैं तो पूज्य बन जाते हैं . abhī bhī dēkhō jō nām sē bhī pavitra bantē haĩ tō pūjya ban jātē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that name from too pure become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
326Even now, those who only become pure in namesake also become worthy of worship.
300लेकिन पवित्रता सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य नहीं . lēkin pavitratā sirph brahmcharya nahī̃ . lēkin pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] nahī̃[neg] . but purity only celibacy not .
327However, purity does not mean only celibacy.
301ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत को धारण किया इसमें ही सिर्फ श्रेष्ठ नहीं बनना है . brahmcharya vrat kō dhāraṇ kiyā ismē̃ hī sirph śhrēṣhṭh nahī̃ bannā hai . brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] kō[postp.] dhāraṇ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hī[p.] sirph[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . celibacy fast to adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] only only elevated not become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
328This is, of course, elevated, but together with that there is further purity.
302यह भी श्रेष्ठ है लेकिन साथ में और भी पवित्रता चाहिये . yah bhī śhrēṣhṭh hai lēkin sāth mē̃ aur bhī pavitratā chāhiyē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē . this too elevated be[pres.sg.23] but with in and too purity should . 303अगर मन्सा संकल्प में भी कोई निगेटिव संकल्प है तो उसे भी पवित्र नहीं कहेंगे , इसलिए किसी के प्रति भी निगेटिव संकल्प नहीं हो . agar mansā saṅkalp mē̃ bhī kōī negative saṅkalp hai tō usē bhī pavitra nahī̃ kahē̃gē , isliē kisī kē prati bhī negative saṅkalp nahī̃ hō . agar mansā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] negative saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , isliē kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kē prati[x] bhī[p.] negative saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . if through the mind thought in too some negative thought be[pres.sg.23] then that[.kō] too pure not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , therefore (anything|some) for too negative thought not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
329If there are any negative thoughts in the mind, then that is not called purity, Therefore let there not be any negative thoughts about anyone. 330If, even in your speech, 331you use words that are not right, then that too is not called purity.
304अगर बोल में भी कोई ऐसे शब्द निकल जाते हैं जो यथार्थ नहीं है तो उसको भी पवित्रता नहीं कहेंगे . agar bōl mē̃ bhī kōī aisē śhabda nikal jātē haĩ jō yathārth nahī̃ hai tō uskō bhī pavitratā nahī̃ kahē̃gē . agar bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] yathārth[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if (x|speak[root]) in too some such word be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] that x not be[pres.sg.23] then that[.kō] too purity not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 305यदि संकल्प और बोल ठीक हों लेकिन सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में फर्क हो , किससे बहुत अच्छा सम्बन्ध हो और किससे अच्छा नहीं हो तो उसे भी पवित्रता नहीं कहेंगे . yadi saṅkalp aur bōl ṭhīk hō̃ lēkin sambandh-sampark mē̃ phark hō , kissē bahut achchhā sambandh hō aur kissē achchhā nahī̃ hō tō usē bhī pavitratā nahī̃ kahē̃gē . yadi saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kaun[pn.sg.sē] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur kaun[pn.sg.sē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x thought and (x|speak[root]) OK be[opt.pl.12hon3] but x in difference (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , who[.sē] very achcha relationship (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and who[.sē] achcha not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then that[.kō] too purity not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
332If your thoughts and speech are correct but there is a difference in your relationships - that is, you have a very good relationship with some, and not such a good relationship with others - then neither can that be called purity.
306तो ऐसे मन्सा-वाचा-कर्मणा अर्थात् सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में पवित्र हो ? tō aisē mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā arthāt sambandh-sampark mē̃ pavitra hō ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā arthāt sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pavitr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then such with your thoughts, words or actions that is x in pure (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
333So, are you so pure in your thoughts, words, and actions, including your relationships?
307ऐसे पूज्य बने हो ? aisē pūjya banē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? such worthy of worship become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
334Have you become so worthy of worship?
308अगर मानो कोई भी बात में कमी है तो उसको खण्डित कहा जाता है . agar mānō kōī bhī bāt mē̃ kamī hai tō uskō khaṇḍit kahā jātā hai . agar mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] khaṇḍit[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anyone matter in x be[pres.sg.23] then that[.kō] x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
335If someone is missing in someone, then that one is called an “imperfect idol”.
309खण्डित मूर्ति की पूजा नहीं होती है . khaṇḍit mūrti kī|key pūjā nahī̃ hōtī hai . khaṇḍit[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x image (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) not be[pres.sg.f.23] .
336An imperfect idol is never worshipped.
310इसलिए जरा भी मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा में खण्डित नहीं हो अर्थात् अपवित्रता न हो , तब कहा जायेगा पूज्य आत्मा . isliē jarā bhī mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā mē̃ khaṇḍit nahī̃ hō arthāt apavitratā na hō , tab kahā jāyēgā pūjya ātmā . isliē zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā mē̃[postp.] khaṇḍit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] arthāt apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tab kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . therefore x too through the mind , x , x in x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that is impurity not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , for only then (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) worthy of worship soul .
337So, do not be imperfect in your thoughts, words, or actions: that is, there should not be any impurity. 338Only then can you be called a worship-worthy soul.
311तो ऐसे पूज्य बने हो ? tō aisē pūjya banē hō ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? then such worthy of worship become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
339Have you become worthy of worship to this extent?
312जड़ मूर्ति भी खण्डित हो जाती है तो पूजा नहीं होती . jaṛ mūrti bhī khaṇḍit hō jātī hai tō pūjā nahī̃ hōtī . jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] khaṇḍit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) image too x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) not be[pres-part.f.] .
340Even when an idol becomes imperfect (damaged) , it is not worshipped.
313उसको पत्थर मानेंगे , मूर्ति नहीं मानेंगे . uskō patthar mānē̃gē , mūrti nahī̃ mānē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.kō] patthar[adj.] mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that[.kō] stone x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , image not x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
341That would only be considered to be stone: not an idol.
314म्युज़ियम में रखेंगे , मन्दिर में नहीं रखेंगे . museum mē̃ rakhē̃gē , mandir mē̃ nahī̃ rakhē̃gē . museum mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . museum in keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , temple in not keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
342They would place such an idol in a museum, not in a temple.
315तो ऐसे पवित्रता का फाउन्डेशन चेक करो-कोई भी संकल्प आये , तो स्मृति में लाओ कि मैं परम पूज्य आत्मा हूँ . tō aisē pavitratā kā foundation check karō-kōī bhī saṅkalp āyē , tō smr̥iti mē̃ lāō ki maĩ param pūjya ātmā hū̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation check x bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] param[adj.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then such purity of foundation check x too thought (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , then awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I Supreme worthy of worship soul be[pres.sg.1] .
343So check the foundation of your purity in this way. 344Whenever you have any other thought, then have the awareness that you are a soul who is supremely worthy of worship.
316यह याद रहता है या जिस समय कोई बात आती है उस समय भूल जाता है , पीछे याद आता है ? yah yād rahtā hai yā jis samay kōī bāt ātī hai us samay bhūl jātā hai , pīchhē yād ātā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā jis samay[x] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , pīchhē yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? this remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] or x some matter come[pres.sg.f.23] that time x[pres.sg.m.23] , x remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
345Do you remember this? 346Or do you forget it when something happens, and then remember it later?
317फिर पश्चाताप होता है-ऐसे नहीं करते तो बहुत अच्छा होता . phir paśhchātāp hōtā hai-aisē nahī̃ kartē tō bahut achchhā hōtā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (turn[root]|then) repentance be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then very achcha be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
347And then you repent, thinking: “it would have been better if I hadn’t done this”.
318तो सदा पवित्र आत्मा हूँ , पावन आत्मा हूँ . tō sadā pavitra ātmā hū̃ , pāvan ātmā hū̃ . tō sadā pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , pāvan[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then constantly pure soul be[pres.sg.1] , pure soul be[pres.sg.1] .
348So, constantly remember “I am a pure soul.. 349I am a purified soul”.
319पवित्रता अर्थात् स्वच्छता . pavitratā arthāt svachchhatā . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] . purity that is cleanliness .
350Purity means cleanliness.
320स्वच्छता कितनी प्यारी लगती है . svachchhatā kitnī pyārī lagtī hai . svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . cleanliness so loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
351Everyone loves cleanliness.
321अगर मन्दिर भी हो , मूर्ति भी हो लेकिन स्वच्छता नहीं तो अच्छा लगेगा ? agar mandir bhī hō , mūrti bhī hō lēkin svachchhatā nahī̃ tō achchhā lagēgā ? agar mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? if temple too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , image too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but cleanliness otherwise enjoy ?
352If there is a temple and an idol, but there is no cleanliness, would you like it?
322तो मैं पूज्य आत्मा इस शरीर रूपी मन्दिर में विराजमान हूँ-ये स्मृति सदा जीवन में लाओ . tō maĩ pūjya ātmā is śharīr rūpī mandir mē̃ virājmān hū̃-yē smr̥iti sadā jīvan mē̃ lāō . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūpī[adj.] mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] virājmān[adj.] x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sadā jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then I worthy of worship soul this body in the form of temple in seated x awareness constantly life in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
353So, constantly have this awareness in your life: “I am a worship-worthy soul, present in the temple of this body”.
323सिर्फ सोचो नहीं लेकिन जीवन में लाओ . sirph sōchō nahī̃ lēkin jīvan mē̃ lāō . sirph[adj.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] lēkin jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not but life in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
354Do not just think about this, but have this awareness in your practical life.
324सोचते तो बहुत हैं ना-ये भी हूँ , ये भी हूँ … लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल अनुभव में आये . sōchtē tō bahut haĩ nā-yē bhī hū̃ , yē bhī hū̃ … lēkin practical anubhav mē̃ āyē . sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] … lēkin practical anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] x too be[pres.sg.1] , this too be[pres.sg.1] … but practical experience in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
355You think a great deal “I am this.. 356I am this”, but let there be the practical experience of this.
325तो क्या याद रखेंगे ? tō kyā yād rakhē̃gē ? tō kyā yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what remember ?
357So, what will you remember?
326सम्पूर्ण पूज्य आत्मा हँ . sampūrṇ pūjya ātmā hã . sampūrṇ[adj.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] x . complete worthy of worship soul x .
358“I am a completely worship-worthy soul”.
327परसेन्टेज में नहीं -80 % पूज्य , 20 % खण्डित . percentage mē̃ nahī̃ -80 % pūjya , 20 % khaṇḍit . percentage mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] -80 % pūjya[adj.] , 20 % khaṇḍit[adj.] . percentage in not -80 % worthy of worship , 20 % x .
359Not 80% worthy of worship, and 20% damaged.
328नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 329तो 100 % पूज्य अर्थात् 100 % पवित्र . tō 100 % pūjya arthāt 100 % pavitra . tō 100 % pūjya[adj.] arthāt 100 % pavitr[adj.] . then 100 % worthy of worship that is 100 % pure .
360To be 100% worthy of worship means to be 100% pure.
330सभी को स्वच्छता अच्छी लगती है या कचरा अच्छा लगता है ? sabhī kō svachchhatā achchhī lagtī hai yā kachrā achchhā lagtā hai ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] yā kachrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? all to cleanliness achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] or rubbish enjoy ?
361Does everyone like cleanliness? 362Or does someone like dirt?
331तो अपने से पूछो कि मन स्वच्छ बना है , बुद्धि स्वच्छ बनी है ? tō apnē sē pūchhō ki man svachchha banā hai , buddhi svachchha banī hai ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] svachchh[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] svachchh[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that mind pure become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , intellect pure become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
363So, ask yourself whether your mind and intellect have become clean.
332या थोड़ी-थोड़ी स्वच्छ बनी है , थोड़ी-थोड़ी अस्वच्छ है ? yā thōṛī-thōṛī svachchha banī hai , thōṛī-thōṛī asvaccha hai ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] svachchh[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or short pure become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , short x be[pres.sg.23] ?
364Or, are they a little clean, and a little unclean?
333अगर यहाँ कचरा पड़ा हो तो आप उस पर बैठेंगे ? agar yahā̃ kachrā paṛā hō tō āp us par baiṭhē̃gē ? agar yahā̃ kachrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[x] tō āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if here rubbish fall[x] then you that (at|other) sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
365If there was some dirt here, then would you sit here?
334उस पर बैठना अच्छा नहीं लगेगा ना . us par baiṭhnā achchhā nahī̃ lagēgā nā . vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . that (at|other) sit[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha not x[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
366You would not like to sit on it.
335तो ऐसे सोचो कि जरा भी अपवित्रता अर्थात् कचरा है तो बाप को अच्छा नहीं लगेगा . tō aisē sōchō ki jarā bhī apavitratā arthāt kachrā hai tō bāp kō achchhā nahī̃ lagēgā . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt kachrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then such think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x too impurity that is rubbish be[pres.sg.23] then father to achcha not x[fut.m.sg.23] .
367So too, think that, wherever there is the slightest bit of dirt, Baba does not like it.
336कचरा है तो बाप के प्यारे तो नहीं हुए ना . kachrā hai tō bāp kē|K pyārē tō nahī̃ huē nā . kachrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā . rubbish be[pres.sg.23] then father (of|K) loving then not be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ .
368If there is any dirt, then you are not the ones loved by the Father.
337ब्राह्मण बने ही हो बाप का प्यारा बनने के लिए . brāhmaṇ banē hī hō bāp kā pyārā bannē kē liē . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . Brahmin (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) father of loving become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
369You have become Brahmins in order to be loved by Baba.
338पूज्य आत्मायें सर्व की प्यारी हैं . pūjya ātmāyē̃ sarv kī|key pyārī haĩ . pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . worthy of worship soul all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
370Worship-worthy souls are loved by everyone.
339जड़ मूर्ति है लेकिन कितनी प्यारी लगती है . jaṛ mūrti hai lēkin kitnī pyārī lagtī hai . jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) image be[pres.sg.23] but so loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
371They are non-living images, but they are loved so much.
340अपने चैतन्य परिवार से इतना प्यार नहीं होगा जितना मूर्ति से प्यार होगा . apnē chaitanya parivār sē itnā pyār nahī̃ hōgā jitnā mūrti sē pyār hōgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one’s own living family from such love not be[fut.m.sg.23] the more image from love be[fut.m.sg.23] .
372People don’t have as much love for their living family as they have for the non-living idols.
341आपस में झगड़ेंगे लेकिन मूर्ति को प्यार करेंगे . āpas mē̃ jhagaṛē̃gē lēkin mūrti kō pyār karē̃gē . āpas mē̃[x] jhagaṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with each other quarrel[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but image to love do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
373They quarrel amongst themselves, but they have love for the idols.
342क्यों प्यार करते हैं ? kyō̃ pyār kartē haĩ ? kyō̃ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? why love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
374Why do they have love for the idols?
343पवित्रता है ना . pavitratā hai nā . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . purity be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
375Because the idols have purity.
344पवित्रता अर्थात् जरा भी अपवित्रता नहीं हो . pavitratā arthāt jarā bhī apavitratā nahī̃ hō . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . purity that is x too impurity not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
376Purity means to not have the slightest impurity.
345सभी को सुनाते हो ना कि अगर एक बूंद भी विष की एक मण दूध में पड़ जाये तो सारा विष हो जायेगा . sabhī kō sunātē hō nā ki agar ēk būnd bhī viṣh kī|key ēk maṇ dūdh mē̃ paṛ jāyē tō sārā viṣh hō jāyēgā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ki[conj.] agar ēk[adj.] būnd[x] bhī[p.] viṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] maṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . all to speak[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ that if one drop too x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one 85 lbs milk in fall[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then the whole x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
377You tell everyone that even if one drop of poison were to fall into a lot of milk, then all of the milk would turn to poison.
346ऐसे अगर जरा भी अशुद्धि है तो कौन-सी आत्मा कहलायेंगे ? aisē agar jarā bhī aśhuddhi hai tō kaun-sī ātmā kahalāyēṅgē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agar zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aśhuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kahlānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? such if x too x be[pres.sg.23] then which soul call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 347शुद्ध या अशुद्ध ? śhuddha yā aśhuddh ? śhuddh[x] yā aśhuddh ? pure or impure ?
378In the same way, if there is even the slightest bit of impurity, then what type of soul would you be called?
348कहेंगे आधे , हाफ कास्ट हैं . kahē̃gē ādhē , half caste haĩ . kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ādhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , half caste[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] half , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
379Pure or impure? 380You would then be called “half-caste”.
349तो सदा हर कर्म करते , संकल्प करते , बोल बोलते ये चेक करो कि बाप को प्यारे कौन हैं ? tō sadā har|her karma kartē , saṅkalp kartē , bōl bōltē yē check karō ki bāp kō pyārē kaun haĩ ? tō sadā har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.pl.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then constantly (x|x[root]) deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , thought do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (x|speak[root]) speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that father to loving who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
381So, whilst performing any action, whilst having any thought or speaking of anything, constantly check. 382Who is most loved by the Father?
350पवित्र आत्मा या मिक्स आत्मा ? pavitra ātmā yā mix ātmā ? pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] yā mix ātmā[n.f.;sg.] ? pure soul or x soul ?
383A pure soul or a mixed soul?
351पवित्र आत्मा प्यारी है क्योंकि बाप सदा परम पवित्र है तो उसको प्यारी भी पवित्रता लगती है . pavitra ātmā pyārī hai kyōṅki bāp sadā param pavitra hai tō uskō pyārī bhī pavitratā lagtī hai . pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā param[adj.] pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . pure soul loving be[pres.sg.23] because father constantly Supreme pure be[pres.sg.23] then that[.kō] loving too purity x[pres.sg.f.23] .
384A pure soul is always loved, because the Father is every-pure, and so he loves purity. 385So what will you do this year?
352तो इस वर्ष में क्या करेंगे ? tō is varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 353जरा भी खण्डित नहीं . jarā bhī khaṇḍit nahī̃ . zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khaṇḍit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . x too x not .
386Do not have the slightest bit of imperfection, but be always supremely worthy of worship.
354सदा परमपूज्य . sadā parampūjya . sadā parampūjya[adj.] . constantly x .
387You will show wonders, will you not?
355कमाल करके दिखायेंगे ना कि सोचेंगे , देखेंगे ? kamāl karkē dikhāyēṅgē nā ki sōchē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē ? kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
388Or will you think about it? 389Will you see about it later?
356नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not . 357करेंगे . karē̃gē . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
390No: you will do it.
358हाथ उठाने का फोटो निकल रहा है . hāth uṭhānē kā phōṭō nikal rahā hai . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] of photograph be extracted[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
391A photograph is being taken of you raising your hand.
359अच्छा है बाप तो सदा ही बच्चों में निश्चय रखते हैं . achchhā hai bāp tō sadā hī bachchō̃ mē̃ niśhchay rakhtē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sadā hī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] father then constantly only child in faith keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
392It is good that Baba has constant faith in the children. 393It is very good.
360बहुत अच्छा और बढ़ते चलो , उड़ते चलो . bahut achchhā aur baṛhtē chalō , uṛtē chalō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very achcha and grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
394Now continue to move forward and continue to fly.
361जो ओटे वो अव्वल नम्बर अर्जुन . jō ōṭē vō avval number arjun . jō[pn.;d.] ōṭnā[opt.sg.23]|ōṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.;d.] avval[adj.] number arjun . that (take the initiative[opt.sg.23]|take the initiative[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that the first one number Arjuna .
395Those who take on the responsibility are number-one.
362बाप तो सबको अव्वल नम्बर ही देखता हैं . bāp tō sabkō avval number hī dēkhtā haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabkō avval[adj.] number hī[p.] dēkhnā[x] . father then everything the first one number only see[x] .
396You do not wish to claim the second or third number do you?
363सेकण्ड थर्ड तो नहीं आना है ना कि चलो , पर उपकार करते हैं , उसको पहला नम्बर देते हैं . second third tō nahī̃ ānā hai nā ki chalō , par upkār kartē haĩ , uskō pahlā number dētē haĩ . second third[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ki[conj.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] pahlā number[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . second third then not come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ that continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (at|other) uplifting do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
397Or, do you think that Baba will have mercy and say “well, never mind.. let me give him the first number..”?
364ऐसा तो नहीं सोचते ? aisā tō nahī̃ sōchtē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? such then not think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
398You do not think in this way do you?
365पुरूषार्थ में रेस भले करो , और बातों में रेस नहीं करो . purūṣhārth mē̃ race bhalē karō , aur bātō̃ mē̃ race nahī̃ karō . puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] race bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aur bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] race nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . effort in race benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , and matter in race not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
399You may race in your effort, but don’t race in anything else.
366तो सिर्फ पूज्य नहीं परम पूज्य आत्मायें हैं - यह सदा स्मृति में रहे . tō sirph pūjya nahī̃ param pūjya ātmāyē̃ haĩ - yah sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahē . tō sirph[adj.] pūjya[adj.] nahī̃[neg] param[adj.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then only worthy of worship not Supreme worthy of worship soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] - this constantly awareness in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
400So, always have the awareness of being the supremely worship-worthy souls, not just worship-worthy.
367देखना यहाँ पूज्य कहकर जाओ और वहाँ खण्डित हो जाओ . dēkhnā yahā̃ pūjya kahkar jāō aur vahā̃ khaṇḍit hō jāō . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yahā̃ pūjya[adj.] kahnā[abs.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vahā̃ khaṇḍit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] here worthy of worship say[abs.] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and there x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 368फिर कहो कि ठोकर लगी तो खण्डित हो गये . phir kahō ki ṭhōkar lagī tō khaṇḍit hō gayē . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ṭhōkar[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[past-part.f.] tō khaṇḍit[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x x[past-part.f.] then x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 369कितना भी कोई ठोकर लगाये लेकिन खण्डित नहीं हो . kitnā bhī kōī ṭhōkar lagāyē lēkin khaṇḍit nahī̃ hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] ṭhōkar[n.f.;sg.] lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin khaṇḍit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . so too some x attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
401Be careful that you do not just say that you are worship-worthy souls whilst you are here, and yet, as soon as you return home, you become imperfect, and then say that you were hit by something, and that is why you became imperfect.
370चाहे कितना भी बड़ा मोटा हेमर लगाये लेकिन खण्डित नहीं होना . chāhē kitnā bhī baṛā mōṭā hammer lagāyē lēkin khaṇḍit nahī̃ hōnā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hammer lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin khaṇḍit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) so too very gross hammering attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but x not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
402No matter how big the hammer with which something hits you, you must not become imperfect.
371तो पक्का याद रखेंगे ना . tō pakkā yād rakhē̃gē nā . tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then firm remember ∅ .
403So, you will remember this firmly, will you not?
372देखेंगे रिजल्ट . dēkhē̃gē result . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] result . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] result .
404Now we shall see the result.
373अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
405Achcha.
374ग्रुप नं . 4group nã . 4group x . 4group x . 4
406(group 4)
375स्वयं सन्तुष्ट रहना और दूसरों को सन्तुष्ट करना-यही कर्मयोगी की मुख्य निशानी हैsvayã santuṣhṭ rahnā aur dūsrō̃ kō santuṣhṭ karanā-yahī karmayōgī kī|key mukhya niśhānī haisvayã santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] x karmyōgī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mukhya[adj.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]x content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and other to content x karma yogi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) main sign be[pres.sg.23]
407Do all of you experience yourselves to be easy yogi souls? 408What is the sign of something being easy?
376सभी अपने को सहजयोगी अनुभव करते हो ? sabhī apnē kō sahajyōgī anubhav kartē hō ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sahajyōgī[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? all one’s own to easy yogi experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
409There will not be any effort in it: it will always be constant.
377सहज की निशानी क्या है ? sahaj kī|key niśhānī kyā hai ? sahaj[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? easy (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign what be[pres.sg.23] ? 378उसमें मेहनत नहीं होगी . usmē̃ mēhnat nahī̃ hōgī . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . that[.mē̃] effort not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
410If something is difficult then you cannot do it all of the time.
379वह सदा होगी , निरन्तर होगी . vah sadā hōgī , nirantar hōgī . vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , nirantar[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . that constantly be[fut.f.sg.23] , x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
411Whatever is easy is done naturally and constantly.
380मुश्किल काम होता है तो सदा नहीं कर सकते . muśhkil kām hōtā hai tō sadā nahī̃ kar saktē . muśhkil[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō sadā nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . difficult (task|lust) be[pres.sg.m.23] then constantly not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 381जो सहज होगा वह स्वतः और निरन्तर चलता रहेगा . jō sahaj hōgā vah svataḥ aur nirantar chaltā rahēgā . jō[pn.;d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] svataḥ aur nirantar[x] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . that easy be[fut.m.sg.23] that automatically and x continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
412So, to be an easy yogi means to be a constant yogi: not that sometimes you are a yogi and sometimes you are ordinary.
382तो सहज योगी अर्थात् निरन्तर योगी . tō sahaj yōgī arthāt nirantar yōgī . tō sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] arthāt nirantar[x] yōgī[x] . then easy yogi that is x yogi .
413You have a yogi life, and a life is constant.
383कभी साधारण , कभी योगी , ऐसे नहीं ? kabhī sādhāraṇ , kabhī yōgī , aisē nahī̃ ? kabhī[adv.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] yōgī[x] , aisē nahī̃[x] ? ever ordinary , ever yogi , it isn't that ? 384योगी जीवन है तो जीवन सदा होता है . yōgī jīvan hai tō jīvan sadā hōtā hai . yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . yogi life be[pres.sg.23] then life constantly be[pres.sg.m.23] .
414You are not those who have to especially have yoga, but those who have a yogi life.
385इसलिए योग लगाने वाले नहीं , लेकिन योगी जीवन वाले . isliē yōg lagānē vālē nahī̃ , lēkin yōgī jīvan vālē . isliē yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . therefore yoga attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , but yogi life those who .
415You have a Brahmin life, and so your yoga cannot fluctuate.
386ब्राह्मण जीवन है तो योग कभी नीचे-ऊपर हो ही नहीं सकता . brāhmaṇ jīvan hai tō yōg kabhī nīchē-ūpar hō hī nahī̃ saktā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nīchē-ūpar hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahmin life be[pres.sg.23] then yoga ever fluctuation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
416You are not just yogis, but karma yogis. 417You cannot stay for even one second without performing karma.
387क्योंकि सिर्फ योगी नहीं हो लेकिन कर्मयोगी हो . kyōṅki sirph yōgī nahī̃ hō lēkin karmayōgī hō . kyōṅki sirph[adj.] yōgī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin karmyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because only yogi not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but karma yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
418Even when you are sleeping, you are still carrying out the act of sleeping.
388तो कर्म के बिना एक सेकण्ड भी रह नहीं सकते . tō karma kē|K binā ēk second bhī rah nahī̃ saktē . tō karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then deed (of|K) without one second too remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 389अगर सोये भी हो तो सोने का कर्म तो कर रहे हो ना . agar sōyē bhī hō tō sōnē kā karma tō kar rahē hō nā . agar sōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā . if sleep[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) of deed then do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ .
419Therefore, just as you cannot stay without performing actions, so too those who have a yogi life cannot stay without having yoga.
390तो जैसे कर्म के बिना रह नहीं सकते ऐसे योगी जीवन वाले योग के बिना रह नहीं सकते . tō jaisē karma kē|K binā rah nahī̃ saktē aisē yōgī jīvan vālē yōg kē|K binā rah nahī̃ saktē . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then like deed (of|K) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] such yogi life those who yoga (of|K) without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
420Do you have this experience? 421Or does your yoga break, and you have to make effort to connect it again?
391ऐसे अनुभव करते हो या योग टूटता है , फिर लगाना पड़ता है ? aisē anubhav kartē hō yā yōg ṭūṭtā hai , phir lagānā paṛtā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭūṭnā[pres.sg.m.23] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ? such experience do[pres.pl.m.2] or yoga break[pres.sg.m.23] , (turn[root]|then) attach[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ?
422And then sometimes you can connect easily, and sometimes it takes time.
392फिर कभी लगता है , कभी टाइम लगता है-ऐसे तो नहीं है ना . phir kabhī lagtā hai , kabhī time lagtā hai-aisē tō nahī̃ hai nā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] time lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . (turn[root]|then) ever x[pres.sg.m.23] , ever time x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
423It is not like this, is it? 424The meaning of easy yoga is remembrance.
393योग का सहज अर्थ ही है याद . yōg kā sahaj arth|earth hī hai yād . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yād[n.f.;sg.] . yoga of easy (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] remembrance .
425So, whom do you remember?
394तो याद किसकी आती है ? tō yād kiskī ātī hai ? tō yād[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? then remembrance who[.kī] come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
426Those whom you love.
395जो प्यारा लगता है . jō pyārā lagtā hai . jō[pn.;d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that loving x[pres.sg.m.23] . 396सारे दिन में देखो कि याद अगर आती है तो प्यारीचीज़ होती है . sārē din mē̃ dēkhō ki yād agar ātī hai tō pyārīcīz hōtī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] agar ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō x hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . the whole day in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that remembrance if come[pres.sg.f.23] then x be[pres.sg.f.23] .
427Throughout the day, look at the things you remember: they will be the things that you love.
397तो सबसे प्यारे से प्यारा कौन है ? tō sabsē pyārē sē pyārā kaun hai ? tō sabsē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then the most loving from loving who be[pres.sg.23] ? 398 ( बाबा ) तो सहज और स्वतः याद आयेगा ना . ( bābā ) tō sahaj aur svataḥ yād āyēgā nā . ( bābā ) tō sahaj[adj.] aur svataḥ yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . ( Baba ) then easy and automatically remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
428So, who is the most loved? (“Baba”) So, would you remember him easily and naturally?
399अगर कहाँ भी , चाहे देह में , देह के सम्बन्ध में , पदार्थ में प्यार होगा तो बाप के बदले में वो याद आयेगा . agar kahā̃ bhī , chāhē dēh mē̃ , dēh kē|K sambandh mē̃ , padārtha mē̃ pyār hōgā tō bāp kē badlē mē̃ vō yād āyēgā . agar kahā̃ bhī[p.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , padārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē badlē[x] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.;d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . if where too , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body in , body (of|K) relationship in , x in love be[fut.m.sg.23] then father instead of in that remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23] .
429If you have love for the body, and bodily comforts, and material objects, then you will remember those things instead of the Father.
400कभी-कभी देह से प्यार हो जाता तो बॉडी कान्शियस हो जाते हो . kabhī-kabhī dēh sē pyār hō jātā tō body kānśiyas hō jātē hō . kabhī[adv.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō body x hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . ever body from love (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then x x be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
430Sometimes, when you have love for the body, you become body conscious.
401तो चेक करना है कि सिवाय बाप के और कोई आकर्षित करने वाली वस्तु या व्यक्ति तो नहीं है ? tō check karnā hai ki sivāy bāp kē|K aur kōī ākarṣhit karnē vālī vastu yā vyakti tō nahī̃ hai ? tō check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] sivāē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kōī[x] ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] yā vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that except father (of|K) someone else attracted do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who thing or x then not be[pres.sg.23] ? 402कर्मयोगी आत्मा का हर कर्म योगयुक्त , युक्तियुक्त होगा . karmayōgī ātmā kā har|her karma yōgyukt , yuktiyukt hōgā . karmyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgyukt[x] , yuktiyukt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . karma yogi soul of (x|x[root]) deed yogyukt , tactful be[fut.m.sg.23] .
431So check that nothing except the Father attracts you. 432Every action of a karma yogi soul would be accurate in yoga (yogyukt) and method (yuktiyukt) .
403अगर कोई भी कर्म युक्तियुक्त नहीं होता तो समझो कि योगयुक्त नहीं है . agar kōī bhī karma yuktiyukt nahī̃ hōtā tō samjhō ki yōgyukt nahī̃ hai . agar kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] yuktiyukt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yōgyukt[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if anyone deed tactful not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that yogyukt not be[pres.sg.23] .
433If you are not performing any action in an accurate way, then understand that you are not accurate in yoga.
404अगर साधारण कर्म होता , व्यर्थ कर्म हो जाता तो भी निरन्तर योगी नहीं कहेंगे . agar sādhāraṇ karma hōtā , vyarth karma hō jātā tō bhī nirantar yōgī nahī̃ kahē̃gē . agar sādhāraṇ[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō bhī[x] nirantar[x] yōgī[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if ordinary deed be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , wasteful deed (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ x yogi not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
434Even if you are performing ordinary or wasteful actions, then also you cannot be called “a yogi soul”.
405कर्मयोगी अर्थात् हर सेकण्ड , हर संकल्प , हर बोल सदा श्रेष्ठ है . karmayōgī arthāt har|her second , har|her saṅkalp , har|her bōl sadā śhrēṣhṭh hai . karmyōgī[adj.] arthāt har|harnā[root]|her second , har|harnā[root]|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . karma yogi that is (x|x[root]) second , (x|x[root]) thought , (x|x[root]) (x|speak[root]) constantly elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
435To be a karma yogi means that every second, every thought, and every word should be constantly elevated.
406तो सहज योगी अर्थात् कर्मयोगी और कर्मयोगी अर्थात् सहजयोगी . tō sahaj yōgī arthāt karmayōgī aur karmayōgī arthāt sahajyōgī . tō sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] arthāt karmyōgī[adj.] aur karmyōgī[adj.] arthāt sahajyōgī[adj.] . then easy yogi that is karma yogi and karma yogi that is easy yogi .
436To be an easy yogi means to be a karma yogi, and to be a karma yogi means to be an easy yogi.
407तो चेक करो कि सारे दिन में कोई साधारण कर्म तो नहीं होता ? tō check karō ki sārē din mē̃ kōī sādhāraṇ karma tō nahī̃ hōtā ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that the whole day in some ordinary deed then not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
437So, check throughout the day that you are not performing any ordinary actions.
408श्रेष्ठ हुआ ? śhrēṣhṭh huā ? śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? elevated be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
438Did you perform elevated actions?
409श्रेष्ठ कर्म की निशानी होगी-स्वयं सन्तुष्ट और दूसरे भी सन्तुष्ट . śhrēṣhṭh karma kī|key niśhānī hōgī-svayã santuṣhṭ aur dūsrē bhī santuṣhṭ . śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] . elevated deed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign x content and other too content .
439The sign of performing elevated actions is that you yourself will remain content, and others will also be content.
410ऐसे नहीं-मैं तो सन्तुष्ट हूँ , दूसरे हों या नहीं हो . aisē nahī̃-maĩ tō santuṣhṭ hū̃ , dūsrē hō̃ yā nahī̃ hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x tō santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such x then content be[pres.sg.1] , other be[opt.pl.12hon3] or not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
440It should not be that you yourself are content, but that you don’t care whether others are content or not.
411योगी जीवन वाले का प्रभाव स्वतः दूसरों के ऊपर पड़ेगा . yōgī jīvan vālē kā prabhāv svataḥ dūsrō̃ kē ūpar paṛēgā . yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . yogi life those who of x automatically other over fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
441Those with a yogi life naturally influence the lives of others.
412अगर कोई स्वयं से असन्तुष्ट है वा और उससे असन्तुष्ट रहते हैं तो समझना चाहिये कि योगयुक्त बनने में कोई कमी है . agar kōī svayã sē asantuṣhṭ hai vā aur ussē asantuṣhṭ rahtē haĩ tō samajhnā chāhiyē ki yōgyukt bannē mē̃ kōī kamī hai . agar kōī[pn.;d.] svayã sē[postp.] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā aur vah[pn.sg.sē] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō samajhnā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] yōgyukt[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if some x from discontent be[pres.sg.23] or and that[.sē] discontent remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then understand[.oblig3] that yogyukt become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in some x be[pres.sg.23] .
442If you are discontented, or others are discontented with you, then you should understand that your yoga is lacking in accuracy. 443So, are all of you content?
413तो सभी सन्तुष्ट रहते हो कि अपने को खुश करते हो कि मैं बिल्कुल ठीक हूँ ? tō sabhī santuṣhṭ rahtē hō ki apnē kō khuśh kartē hō ki maĩ bilkul ṭhīk hū̃ ? tō sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bilkul[adv.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? then all content remain[pres.pl.m.2] that one’s own to happy do[pres.pl.m.2] that I at all OK be[pres.sg.1] ?
444Or do you just please yourselves, thinking that you are completely fine? 445Are all of you content?
414सभी सन्तुष्ट हैं या कोई सन्तुष्ट , कोई असन्तुष्ट ? sabhī santuṣhṭ haĩ yā kōī santuṣhṭ , kōī asantuṣhṭ ? sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā kōī[pn.;d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] , kōī[pn.;d.] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] ? all content be[pres.pl.12hon3] or some content , some discontent ?
446Or are some of you content whilst others are not content?
415अपने से सन्तुष्ट रहते हो कि कभी कोई कमज़ोरी आती है तो असन्तुष्ट होते हो ? apnē sē santuṣhṭ rahtē hō ki kabhī kōī kamzōrī ātī hai tō asantuṣhṭ hōtē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō asantuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one’s own from content remain[pres.pl.m.2] that ever some weakness come[pres.sg.f.23] then discontent be[pres.pl.m.2] ?
447Do you remain content within yourself? 448Or do you become discontented when any weakness emerges?
416कभी होता है या सम्पूर्ण हो गये ? kabhī hōtā hai yā sampūrṇ hō gayē ? kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā sampūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? ever be[pres.sg.m.23] or complete be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
449Do you feel this sometimes, or have you become complete?
417सन्तुष्टता योगी जीवन का विशेष लक्ष्य है . santuṣhṭatā yōgī jīvan kā viśhēṣh lakṣhya hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . contentment yogi life of special aim be[pres.sg.23] .
450Contentment is the main aim of those who have a yogi life.
418तो आपके साथियों से पूछें कि सन्तुष्ट हैं या नहीं हैं ? tō āpkē sāthiyō̃ sē pūchhē̃ ki santuṣhṭ haĩ yā nahī̃ haĩ ? tō āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then you[.kē] companion from ask[opt.pl.12hon3] that content be[pres.pl.12hon3] or not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
451So, should we ask your companions whether or not they are content with you?
419वो हाँ कहेंगे या थोड़ी शक्ल ऐसी करेंगे ? vō hā̃ kahē̃gē yā thōṛī śhakla aisī karē̃gē ? vah[pn.;d.] hā̃ kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that yes say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or short face such do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
452Will they say yes? 453Or will they spoil their face!?
420क्योंकि योगी जीवन के तीन सर्टीफिकेट हैं-एक-स्व से सन्तुष्ट और दूसरा-बाप सन्तुष्ट और तीसरा-लौकिक-अलौकिक परिवार सन्तुष्ट . kyōṅki yōgī jīvan kē|K tīn certificate haĩ-ēk-sva sē santuṣhṭ aur dūsarā-bāp santuṣhṭ aur tīsarā-laukik-alaukik parivār santuṣhṭ . kyōṅki yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] certificate x sē[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur x santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur x parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] . because yogi life (of|K) x certificate x from content and x content and x family content . 421तो तीनों सर्टीफिकेट हैं कि लेना है ? tō tīnō̃ certificate haĩ ki lēnā hai ? tō tīnō̃[adj.] certificate hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then all three certificate be[pres.pl.12hon3] that take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
454Those who have a yogi life should have three certificates: one is to be content with the self, the next is that Baba should be content with you, and the third is that your lokik and alokik family should be content with you.
422जैसे साइन्स के साधनों का वायुमण्डल में प्रभाव पड़ता है ना , एयरकण्डीशन चलता है तो वायुमण्डल में ठण्डाई का प्रभाव पड़ता है , ऐसे ही योगी जीवन का प्रभाव होता है . jaisē science kē|K sādhanō̃ kā vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ prabhāv paṛtā hai nā , ēyarakaṇḍīśan chaltā hai tō vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ ṭhaṇḍāī kā prabhāv paṛtā hai , aisē hī yōgī jīvan kā prabhāv hōtā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , x chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhaṇḍāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . like science (of|K) facilities of atmosphere in x fall[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , x continue[pres.sg.m.23] then atmosphere in coolness of x fall[pres.sg.m.23] , such only yogi life of x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
455Do you have all three certificates, or do you have to claim them? 456Just as the instruments of science can influence the atmosphere - for instance, when there is air conditioning to bring coolness into the atmosphere - so too there is an influence of a yogi life.
423ऐसा प्रभाव है ? aisā prabhāv hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such x be[pres.sg.23] ?
457Do you create such an influence?
424योग माना साइलेन्स की शक्ति . yōg mānā silence kī|key śhakti . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . yoga (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti .
458Yoga means the power of silence.
425इसको कहा जाता है योगी जीवन अर्थात् साइलेन्स की शक्ति वाला जीवन . iskō kahā jātā hai yōgī jīvan arthāt silence kī|key śhakti vālā jīvan . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) yogi life that is silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti those who life .
459This is called a yogi life, or a life with the power of silence. 460So, are you truly like this?
426तो ऐसे है कि हाँ-हाँ करते रहते हो ? tō aisē hai ki hā̃-hā̃ kartē rahtē hō ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ? then such be[pres.sg.23] that yes do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ?
461Or do you just say “yes” for the sake of it?
427हर रोज की चेकिंग हो . har|her rōj kī|key checking hō . har|harnā[root]|her rōz karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key checking hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
462Let there be checking every day.
428चेक करेंगे तो चेंज होंगे . check karē̃gē tō change hōṅgē . check karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō change hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . check do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then change be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 429अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
463If you check, then change can take place.
430ग्रुप नं . 5group nã . 5group x . 5group x . 5
464Achcha.
431प्रत्यक्षफल की प्राप्ति होना - यही संगमयुग की सबसे बड़ी विशेषता हैpratyakṣhaphal kī|key prāpti hōnā - yahī saṅgamyug kī|key sabsē baṛī viśhēṣhtā haipratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yahī[pn.;d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment be[inf.m.sg.d.] - this confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) the most very speciality be[pres.sg.23]
465(group 5 - double foreigners) 466Do you consider yourselves to be the Confluence-Aged Brahmins?
432अपने को संगमयुगी ब्राह्मण आत्मायें समझते हो ? apnē kō saṅgamyugī brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ samajhtē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] saṅgamyugī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one’s own to x Brahmin soul understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
467You know the praise of the Confluence Age, do you not?
433संगमयुग की महिमा को अच्छी तरह से जानते हो ना ? saṅgamyug kī mahimā kō achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō nā ? saṅgamyug kī mahimā[x] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? x to achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
468What is the greatest speciality of the confluence age?
434संगमयुग की सबसे बड़ी विशेषता क्या है ? saṅgamyug kī|key sabsē baṛī viśhēṣhtā kyā hai ? saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) the most very speciality what be[pres.sg.23] ? 435बाप और बच्चों का , आत्मा और परमात्मा का मेला संगम पर लगता है . bāp aur bachchō̃ kā , ātmā aur paramātmā kā mēlā saṅgam par lagtā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] aur paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father and child of , soul and Supreme Soul of fair confluence (at|other) x[pres.sg.m.23] .
469The meeting between the Father and the children - the Supreme Soul and the souls - only takes place at the Confluence Age.
436इस समय संगमयुग पर है बाप और बच्चों का मेला और लोगों ने यहाँ नदियों के मेले को संगम बना दिया है . is samay saṅgamyug par hai bāp aur bachchō̃ kā mēlā aur lōgō̃ nē yahā̃ nadiyō̃ kē|K mēlē kō saṅgam banā diyā hai . is samay[x] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] aur log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yahā̃ nadī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] kō[postp.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . at this time confluence age (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] father and child of fair and people ∅ here river (of|K) fair to confluence (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
470At this Confluence Age there is the meeting of the Father and the children, whereas the people here have made that into a confluence of the rivers.
437तो यह किससे कॉपी की है ? tō yah kissē copy kī hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.sē] copy karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then this who[.sē] copy do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
471So, whom have they copied?
438इस समय को कॉपी की है ना . is samay kō copy kī hai nā . is samay[x] kō[postp.] copy karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . at this time to copy do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
472They have copied you souls of this time, have they not?
439और संगमयुग की क्या विशेषता है जो और किसी युग की नहीं है ? aur saṅgamyug kī|key kyā viśhēṣhtā hai jō aur kisī yug kī|key nahī̃ hai ? aur saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what speciality be[pres.sg.23] that and (anything|some) age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not be[pres.sg.23] ?
473And what is the other speciality of the Confluence Age, that doesn’t belong to any other age?
440सबसे अच्छी विशेषता है कि संगमयुग पर ही प्रत्यक्षफल मिलता है . sabsē achchhī viśhēṣhtā hai ki saṅgamyug par hī pratyakṣhaphal miltā hai . sabsē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . the most achcha speciality be[pres.sg.23] that confluence age (at|other) only x receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
474The best speciality is that you receive the practical fruit at the Confluence Age: this is a speciality, is it not?
441तो ये विशेषता है ना . tō yē viśhēṣhtā hai nā . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then this speciality be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 442सतयुग में संगम के कर्म का फल मिलेगा . satyug mē̃ saṅgam kē|K karma kā phal milēgā . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . golden age in confluence (of|K) deed of fruit receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
475In the Golden Age you receive the fruits of the actions performed at the Confluence Age.
443लेकिन यहाँ बाप का बना और वर्सा मिला . lēkin yahā̃ bāp kā banā aur varsā milā . lēkin yahā̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] aur varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but here father of (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) and inheritance (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
476But at this time, as soon as you belong to the Father, you claim the inheritance.
444सेवा की और सेवा करने के साथ-साथ खुशी मिली . sēvā kī|key aur sēvā karnē kē|K sāth-sāth khuśhī milī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] . service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x happiness receive[past-part.f.] .
477As soon as you do some service, you receive happiness from that also.
445जो भी याद में रहकर सेवा करते हो वा कोई भी कर्म करते हो तो कर्म का प्रत्यक्षफल अनुभव करते जाओ . jō bhī yād mē̃ rahkar sēvā kartē hō vā kōī bhī karma kartē hō tō karma kā pratyakṣhaphal anubhav kartē jāō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vā kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . that too remembrance in remain[abs.] service do[pres.pl.m.2] or anyone deed do[pres.pl.m.2] then deed of x experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
478Continue to receive the practical fruit of whatever service you do, or whatever actions you perform in remembrance.
446अगर कर्म किया , सेवा की और प्रत्यक्षफल के रूप में कोई अनुभव नहीं होता तो चेक करो-क्यों फल नहीं मिला ? agar karma kiyā , sēvā kī|key aur pratyakṣhaphal kē|K rūp mē̃ kōī anubhav nahī̃ hōtā tō check karō-kyō̃ phal nahī̃ milā ? agar karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō check x phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? if deed do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and x (of|K) Rup in some experience not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then check x fruit not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
479When you perform actions and do service, and do not experience any practical results, then check why you didn’t receive the fruit.
447अगर कर्म में स्वार्थ होगा , सेवा में स्वार्थ होगा तो फल नहीं मिलेगा . agar karma mē̃ svārtha hōgā , sēvā mē̃ svārtha hōgā tō phal nahī̃ milēgā . agar karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if deed in x be[fut.m.sg.23] , service in x be[fut.m.sg.23] then fruit not receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
480If there is any selfish motive in the actions you perform, or in the service that you do, then you do not receive the fruit of it.
448लेकिन योगयुक्त कर्म वा योगयुक्त यथार्थ सेवा का फल खुशी , अतीन्द्रिय सुख या डबल लाइट की अनुभूति , कोई न कोई बाप के गुणों की अनुभूति जरूर होती है . lēkin yōgyukt karma vā yōgyukt yathārth sēvā kā phal khuśhī , atīndriya sukh yā double light kī|key anubhūti , kōī na kōī bāp kē|K guṇō̃ kī|key anubhūti jarūr hōtī hai . lēkin yōgyukt[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā yōgyukt[x] yathārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā double light[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] , kōī na kōī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . but yogyukt deed or yogyukt x service of fruit happiness , x happiness or double-light (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience , one .. or another father (of|K) virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience definitely be[pres.sg.f.23] .
481By performing actions and doing service accurately, whilst in accurate yoga, you experience happiness, super-sensuous joy, being double-light, and one or another of Baba’s virtues.
449तो प्रत्यक्षफल खाने वाले हो ना , खाते हो ? tō pratyakṣhaphal khānē vālē hō nā , khātē hō ? tō pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , khānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then x (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , eat[pres.pl.m.2] ?
482So, you are those who eat the instant fruit are you not?
450तो जो प्रत्यक्षफल खाने वाला है उसको क्या अनुभूति होगी ? tō jō pratyakṣhaphal khānē vālā hai uskō kyā anubhūti hōgī ? tō jō[pn.;d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] kyā anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? then that x (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] what experience be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
483Do you eat this? 484What is the experience of those who eat practical visible fruit?
451सदा मन और बुद्धि तन्दरूस्त होगी . sadā man aur buddhi tandarūst hōgī . sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] tandarūst[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . constantly mind and intellect x be[fut.f.sg.23] .
485Their mind and intellect are constantly healthy.
452अगर कमज़ोर रहती है तो समझो ताजा प्रत्यक्षफल नहीं खाते हो . agar kamzōr rahtī hai tō samjhō tājā pratyakṣhaphal nahī̃ khātē hō . agar kamjōr[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tājā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] . if weak remain[pres.sg.f.23] then understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hot x not eat[pres.pl.m.2] .
486If you remain weak, then understand that you are not eating the practical, visible, instant fruit.
453लोग शरीर के लिये फ्रेश फ्रुट क्यों खाते हैं ? lōg śharīr kē|K liyē fresh phruṭ kyō̃ khātē haĩ ? log[n.m.;sg.,d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] fresh x kyō̃ khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? people body (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] fresh x why eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
487Why do people eat fresh fruit for their body?
454हेल्थ के लिये खाते हैं ना . health kē|K liyē khātē haĩ nā . health kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . health (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
488They eat it for health, do they not?
455तो ये आत्मा के लिए प्रत्यक्षफल सदा हेल्दी बनाता है . tō yē ātmā kē liē pratyakṣhaphal sadā healthy banātā hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā healthy banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then this soul for x constantly healthy create[pres.sg.m.23] .
489So, this practical instant fruit for the soul always keeps it healthy.
456इसलिये ही आपका स्लोगन है-एवर हेल्दी , एवर वेल्दी और एवर हैप्पी . isliyē hī āpkā slōgan hai-ēvar healthy , ever wealthy aur ever happy . isliē hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kā] slogan x healthy , ever wealthy[x] aur ever happy[x] . therefore only you[.kā] slogan x healthy , x and x .
490Your slogan for this is: “ever-healthy, ever-wealthy, and ever-happy”.
457एवर वेल्दी भी हो ना ? ever wealthy bhī hō nā ? ever wealthy[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
491You are also ever-wealthy are you not?
458कितने खज़ाने मिले हैं ? kitnē khazānē milē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? so treasure receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
492How many treasures have you received?
459ज्ञान का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना , गुणों का खज़ाना , समय काखज़ाना-सब खज़ाने हैं ना या कोई है , कोई नहीं है ? gyān kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā , guṇō̃ kā khazānā , samay kākhazānā-sab khazānē haĩ nā yā kōī hai , kōī nahī̃ hai ? gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā yā kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? knowledge of treasure , Shakti of treasure , virtue of treasure , time x treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ or some be[pres.sg.23] , some not be[pres.sg.23] ?
493The treasure of knowledge, the treasure of the powers, the treasure of virtues, the treasure of time: you have all of these treasures do you not? 494Or do you have some and not others?
460इतना जयादा है जो दूसरों को भी देते रहते हैं . itnā jayādā hai jō dūsrō̃ kō bhī dētē rahtē haĩ . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . such x be[pres.sg.23] that other to too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
495Do you have so many treasures that you are able to give to others?
461महादानी हो ना . mahādānī hō nā . mahādānī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . great donor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
496You are the great donors, are you not?
462रोज देते हो या कभी-कभी देते हो ? rōj dētē hō yā kabhī-kabhī dētē hō ? rōz dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā kabhī[adv.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? day give[pres.pl.m.2] or ever give[pres.pl.m.2] ?
497Do you donate every day, or only sometimes?
463अखण्ड महादानी . akhaṇḍ mahādānī . akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] . constant great donor .
498You are constantly the great donors.
464चाहे मन्सा से दो , चाहे वाणी से दो , चाहे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क से दो लेकिन देना जरूर है . chāhē mansā sē dō , chāhē vāṇī sē dō , chāhē sambandh-sampark sē dō lēkin dēnā jarūr hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā sē[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind from (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words from (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x from (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) but give[inf.m.sg.d.] definitely be[pres.sg.23] .
499Whether you donate through your thoughts, your words, or by keeping a relationship, you definitely have to to donate.
465ये तो सहज है या चान्स मिलेगा तो देंगे ? yē tō sahaj hai yā chance milēgā tō dēgē ? yah[pn.pl.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā chance milnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this then easy be[pres.sg.23] or chance receive[fut.m.sg.23] then give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 466क्या सोचते हो ? kyā sōchtē hō ? kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what think[pres.pl.m.2] ?
500This is easy, is it not? 501Or will you donate only when you get a chance?
467अखण्ड है ना ? akhaṇḍ hai nā ? akhaṇḍ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? constant be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
502What do you think?
468फॉलोफादर करने वाले हो ना ? phôlōphādar karnē vālē hō nā ? x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
503You are constant, are you not?
469जिससे प्यार होता है उसको फॉलोकरना सहज होता है . jissē pyār hōtā hai uskō phôlōkaranā sahaj hōtā hai . jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] x sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] x easy be[pres.sg.m.23] .
504You are those who follow the Father, are you not?
470तो बाप से कितना प्यार है ? tō bāp sē kitnā pyār hai ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then father from so love be[pres.sg.23] ?
505It is easy to follow those whom you love.
471 ( अनलिमिटेड ) तोखज़ाने भी अनलिमिटेड , सेवा भी अनलिमिटेड . ( unlimited ) tōkhazānē bhī unlimited , sēvā bhī unlimited . ( unlimited ) x bhī[p.] unlimited , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] unlimited . ( x ) x too x , service too x . 472बेहद है ना . bēhad hai nā . bēhad[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . unlimited be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
506So how much love do you have for the Father? (“Unlimited”) So, the treasures are also unlimited!
473हद तो नहीं है ना . had tō nahī̃ hai nā . had[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
507And service is also unlimited.
474सदा बेहद की खुशी , बेहद का नशा , बेहद की प्राप्ति . sadā bēhad kī|key khuśhī , bēhad kā naśhā , bēhad kī|key prāpti . sadā bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bēhad kā[x] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] . constantly unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness , unlimited intoxication , unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment .
508It is unlimited, is it not? 509There are no limits are there?
475डबल विदेशी इस वर्ष में क्या नवीनता करेंगे ? double vidēśhī is varṣh mē̃ kyā navīntā karē̃gē ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? double foreigner this year in what newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
510Constantly experience unlimited happiness, unlimited intoxication, and unlimited attainment.
476 ( पुरूषार्थ में फर्स्ट नम्बर लेंगे ) फर्स्ट नम्बर में तो आयेंगे लेकिन और क्या करेंगे ? ( purūṣhārth mē̃ first number lē̃gē ) first number mē̃ tō āyēṅgē lēkin aur kyā karē̃gē ? ( puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] first[adj.] number lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) first[adj.] number mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin aur kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( effort in first number take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) first number in then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but and what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
511What newness will the double-foreigners bring about this year? (“We will claim the first number in our efforts”) .
477अपने-अपने स्थान पर जहाँ से भी आये हो , अपने सेवा स्थान वा अपने देश में सारे वायुमण्डल को ऐसा शक्तिशाली बनाओ जो सबके सब अचल रहें , कोई हलचल में नहीं आये . apnē-apnē sthān par jahā̃ sē bhī āyē hō , apnē sēvā sthān vā apnē dēśh mē̃ sārē vāyumaṇḍal kō aisā śhaktiśhālī banāō jō sabkē sab achal rahē̃ , kōī halchal mē̃ nahī̃ āyē . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] achal rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . one’s own place (at|other) where there from too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , one’s own service place or one’s own land in the whole atmosphere to such powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everyone's all unshakeable remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , some upheaval in not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 478ये कर सकते हो ? yē kar saktē hō ? yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? 479इस वर्ष एक भी ब्राह्मण हलचल में नहीं आये . is varṣh ēk bhī brāhmaṇ halchal mē̃ nahī̃ āyē . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . this year one too Brahmin upheaval in not (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
512Of course you will claim the first number, but what else will you do? 513Wherever you have come from - whether it is your land, or your centre - make the atmosphere there so powerful that everyone there remain unshakeable, so that there are no fluctuations.
480ऐसा वातावरण बनाओ . aisā vātāvaraṇ banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vātāvaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
514Can you do this?
481इस वर्ष में यही देखेंगे . is varṣh mē̃ yahī dēkhē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this year in this see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 482स्वयं निर्विघ्न तो बनना ही है लेकिन औरों को भी बनाना है . svayã nirvighna tō bannā hī hai lēkin aurō̃ kō bhī banānā hai . svayã nirvighna[adj.] tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x free from obstacles then become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but others to too create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
515This year, not a single Brahmin should come into any type of fluctuation.
483हिम्मत है ना ? himmat hai nā ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
516Create such an atmosphere.
484एक , पॉइन्ट स्वरूप को अनुभव करना . ēk , point svarūp kō anubhav karnā . ēk[adj.] , point svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one , point form to experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
517This year, we will see this.
485दूसरा , कोई भी संकल्प , बोल वा कर्म व्यर्थ है उसको पॉइन्ट लगाना अर्थात् बिन्दी लगाना . dūsrā , kōī bhī saṅkalp , bōl vā karma vyarth hai uskō point lagānā arthāt bindī lagānā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] vā karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] point lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . other , anyone thought , (x|speak[root]) or deed wasteful be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] that is point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
518You yourself have to become free from all obstacles, but you also have to make others free from obstacles.
486तीसरा , ज्ञान की वा धारणा की अनेक पॉइन्ट्स को मनन कर स्व प्रति वा सेवा प्रति समय पर कार्य में लगाना . tīsrā , gyān kī|key vā dhārṇā kī|key anēk points kō manan kar sva prati vā sēvā prati samay par kārya mē̃ lagānā . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vā dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anēk[adj.] point kō[postp.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] sva prati vā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . third , knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) or dharna (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) many point to churning do[root] x for or service for time (at|other) task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
519You have this courage, do you not? 520Achcha. 521* * * O MS H A N T I * * *